Areva P139 Vol.2

Easergy MiCOM P139
Feeder Management and Bay Control
P139/EN M/R-h8-A
Version P139 -319 -435/436/437 -672
Technical Manual
Volume 2 of 2
P139
A1 Function Groups
ARC Auto-reclosing control
ASC Automatic synchronism check
CBF Circuit breaker failure protection
CBM Circuit breaker condition monitoring
CMD_1 Single-pole commands
COMM1 “Logical” communication interface 1
COMM2 “Logical” communication interface 2
COMM3 InterMiCOM interface
COUNT Binary counts
CS Cyber Security
DEV01 External device
DTOC Definite-time overcurrent protection
DVICE Device
F_KEY Configurable function keys
f<> Over-/underfrequency protection
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A1-1

P139 A1 Function Groups
FT_DA Fault data acquisition
FT_RC Fault recording
GF_DA Ground fault data acquisition
GF_RC Ground fault recording
GFDSS Ground fault direction determination using steady-state values
GOOSE Generic Object Orientated Substation Events
I2> Unbalance protection
IDMT1 Inverse-time overcurrent protection
IDMT4
IEC IEC 61850 Communication
ILOCK Interlocking logic
INP Binary input
IRIGB IRIG‑B interface
LED LED indicators
LIMIT Limit value monitoring
LOC Local control panel
LOG_2 Programmable Logic
LOGIC Programmable Logic
MAIN Main function
MCMON Measuring-circuit monitoring
MEASI Measured data input
MEASO Measured data output
MP Motor protection
MT_RC Monitoring signal recording
OL_DA Overload data acquisition
OL_RC Overload recording
OP_RC Operating data recording
OUTP Binary and analog output
P<> Power directional protection
PC PC link
A1-2 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A1 Function Groups P139
Pf< Underfrequency load shedding
PSIG Protective signaling
PSS Parameter subset selection
PULSE Pulse detection
QV Voltage controlled directional reactive power protection
SCDD1
SCDD2
SFMON Self-monitoring
SIG_1 Single-pole signals
SOTF Switch on to fault protection
TGFD Transient ground fault direction determination
THERM Thermal overload protection
TIMER Real Timer
TPD1 Three Position Drive
TRMON Transformer monitoring
V<> Time-voltage protection
VINP Virtual Inputs
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A1-3

P139 A1 Function Groups
A1-4 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

P139
A2 Internal Signals
ARC: Block/reset HSR Vol. 1, Fig. 3-186, (p. 3-249)
ARC: Block/reset TDR Vol. 1, Fig. 3-186, (p. 3-249)
ARC: Close command Vol. 1, Fig. 3-188, (p. 3-252)
ARC: Close request Vol. 1, Fig. 3-188, (p. 3-252)
ARC: HSR Vol. 1, Fig. 3-188, (p. 3-252)
ARC: HSR not permitted Vol. 1, Fig. 3-188, (p. 3-252)
ARC: Starting Adm. Vol. 1, Fig. 3-183, (p. 3-247)
ARC: TDR Vol. 1, Fig. 3-188, (p. 3-252)
ARC: TDR not permitted Vol. 1, Fig. 3-188, (p. 3-252)
ARC: Trip time HSR elaps. Vol. 1, Fig. 3-181, (p. 3-245)
Vol. 1, Fig. 3-182, (p. 3-246)
Vol. 1, Fig. 3-183, (p. 3-247)
Vol. 1, Fig. 3-184, (p. 3-248)
Vol. 1, Fig. 3-185, (p. 3-248)
ARC: Trip time TDR elaps. Vol. 1, Fig. 3-182, (p. 3-246)
Vol. 1, Fig. 3-183, (p. 3-247)
Vol. 1, Fig. 3-184, (p. 3-248)
Vol. 1, Fig. 3-185, (p. 3-248)
ASC: AC effect. for DEV01 Vol. 1, Fig. 3-208, (p. 3-279)
ASC: Active Vol. 1, Fig. 3-197, (p. 3-266)
ASC: Close enable DEV01 Vol. 1, Fig. 3-208, (p. 3-279)
ASC: Close enable w.block Vol. 1, Fig. 3-197, (p. 3-266)
ASC: Close reject.w.block Vol. 1, Fig. 3-197, (p. 3-266)
ASC: Gen. close request Vol. 1, Fig. 3-198, (p. 3-267)

Vol. 1, Fig. 3-199, (p. 3-268)
ASC: Manual close request Vol. 1, Fig. 3-198, (p. 3-267)

Vol. 1, Fig. 3-199, (p. 3-268)
ASC: Test Vol. 1, Fig. 3-198, (p. 3-267)

Vol. 1, Fig. 3-199, (p. 3-268)
CBF: IN Vol. 1, Fig. 3-294, (p. 3-380)
CBM: Internal CB trip Vol. 1, Fig. 3-305, (p. 3-389)
CBM: internal trip cmd. Vol. 1, Fig. 3-304, (p. 3-389)
COMM1: Close request DEV01 Vol. 1, Fig. 3-343, (p. 3-432)
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A2-1

P139 A2 Internal Signals
COMM1: Command CMD_DC1 Vol. 1, Fig. 3-355, (p. 3-448)
COMM1: Communication error Vol. 1, Fig. 3-14, (p. 3-24)

Vol. 1, Fig. 3-15, (p. 3-25)
Vol. 1, Fig. 3-16, (p. 3-26)
Vol. 1, Fig. 3-17, (p. 3-27)
Vol. 1, Fig. 3-18, (p. 3-28)
Vol. 1, Fig. 3-19, (p. 3-29)
COMM1: Count 1 Vol. 1, Fig. 3-366, (p. 3-463)
COMM1: Debounced signal Vol. 1, Fig. 3-362, (p. 3-458)
COMM1: Motor rel. mon. trg. Vol. 1, Fig. 3-352, (p. 3-444)
COMM1: Open request DEV01 Vol. 1, Fig. 3-343, (p. 3-432)
COMM1: Selected protocol Vol. 1, Fig. 3-13, (p. 3-23)
COMM1: Signal S001,log Vol. 1, Fig. 3-361, (p. 3-457)
COMM1: Signal SIG_DC3,log Vol. 1, Fig. 3-357, (p. 3-449)
DEV01: Close cmd blocked Vol. 1, Fig. 3-346, (p. 3-435)
DEV01: Close request Vol. 1, Fig. 3-341, (p. 3-430)
DEV01: Enable SI Close Vol. 1, Fig. 3-343, (p. 3-432)
DEV01: Enable SI Open Vol. 1, Fig. 3-343, (p. 3-432)
DEV01: End close command Vol. 1, Fig. 3-347, (p. 3-437)
DEV01: End open command Vol. 1, Fig. 3-347, (p. 3-437)
DEV01: Latching time elaps. Vol. 1, Fig. 3-341, (p. 3-430)
DEV01: Latching time runn. Vol. 1, Fig. 3-341, (p. 3-430)
DEV01: Open cmd blocked Vol. 1, Fig. 3-346, (p. 3-435)
DEV01: Open request Vol. 1, Fig. 3-341, (p. 3-430)
DEV01: Protect. close cmd. Vol. 1, Fig. 3-344, (p. 3-433)
DEV01: Protection trip cmd. Vol. 1, Fig. 3-344, (p. 3-433)
DEV01: Start runn.time mon. Vol. 1, Fig. 3-352, (p. 3-444)
DEV01: Switch. device runn. Vol. 1, Fig. 3-347, (p. 3-437)
DTOC: Block. Direct. tI>1 Vol. 1, Fig. 3-164, (p. 3-222)
A2-2 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A2 Internal Signals P139
DTOC: Block. Direct. tIN>1 Vol. 1, Fig. 3-169, (p. 3-227)
DTOC: Block. Start. I>1 Vol. 1, Fig. 3-74, (p. 3-119)
DTOC: Block. Start. IN>1 Vol. 1, Fig. 3-74, (p. 3-119)
DTOC: Block. Start. Ineg>1 Vol. 1, Fig. 3-74, (p. 3-119)
DTOC: Block. Trip I>1 Vol. 1, Fig. 3-74, (p. 3-119)
DTOC: Block. Trip IN>1 Vol. 1, Fig. 3-74, (p. 3-119)
DTOC: Block. Trip Ineg>1 Vol. 1, Fig. 3-74, (p. 3-119)
DTOC: I>1 Vol. 1, Fig. 3-125, (p. 3-176)
DTOC: I>1 Starting A Vol. 1, Fig. 3-126, (p. 3-178)

Vol. 1, Fig. 3-127, (p. 3-179)
DTOC: I>1 Starting B Vol. 1, Fig. 3-126, (p. 3-178)
DTOC: I>1 Starting C Vol. 1, Fig. 3-126, (p. 3-178)
DTOC: I>2 Vol. 1, Fig. 3-125, (p. 3-176)
DTOC: I>3 Vol. 1, Fig. 3-125, (p. 3-176)
DTOC: I>4 Vol. 1, Fig. 3-125, (p. 3-176)
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A2-3

DTOC: IN>1 Vol. 1, Fig. 3-133, (p. 3-186)
DTOC: IN>4 Vol. 1, Fig. 3-133, (p. 3-186)
DTOC: IN>8 Vol. 1, Fig. 3-133, (p. 3-186)
DTOC: IN>9 Vol. 1, Fig. 3-133, (p. 3-186)
DTOC: Pulse prolong. runn. Vol. 1, Fig. 3-136, (p. 3-191)
DTOC: Starting A Vol. 1, Fig. 3-127, (p. 3-179)

Vol. 1, Fig. 3-128, (p. 3-180)
DTOC: Starting B Vol. 1, Fig. 3-127, (p. 3-179)

Vol. 1, Fig. 3-128, (p. 3-180)
DTOC: Starting C Vol. 1, Fig. 3-127, (p. 3-179)

Vol. 1, Fig. 3-128, (p. 3-180)
DTOC: Starting N Vol. 1, Fig. 3-134, (p. 3-188)
DTOC: t2 N Vol. 1, Fig. 3-136, (p. 3-191)
f<>: fMeas Vol. 1, Fig. 3-75, (p. 3-120)
f<>: No. periods reached Vol. 1, Fig. 3-75, (p. 3-120)
f<>: V̲Meas Vol. 1, Fig. 3-75, (p. 3-120)
FT_DA: I̲A-I̲N·k̲G Vol. 1, Fig. 3-117, (p. 3-164)
FT_DA: I̲B-I̲N·k̲G Vol. 1, Fig. 3-117, (p. 3-164)
FT_DA: I̲C-I̲N·k̲G Vol. 1, Fig. 3-117, (p. 3-164)
FT_DA: I̲N·k̲G Vol. 1, Fig. 3-117, (p. 3-164)
FT_DA: Output fault locat. Vol. 1, Fig. 3-116, (p. 3-163)
FT_DA: Output meas. values Vol. 1, Fig. 3-116, (p. 3-163)
FT_RC: Fault recording n Vol. 1, Fig. 3-122, (p. 3-171)
A2-4 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

GF_RC: Ground flt.record. n Vol. 1, Fig. 3-114, (p. 3-161)
GFDSS: Direction BS Vol. 1, Fig. 3-213, (p. 3-285)

Vol. 1, Fig. 3-220, (p. 3-292)
GFDSS: Direction LS Vol. 1, Fig. 3-213, (p. 3-285)

Vol. 1, Fig. 3-220, (p. 3-292)
GFDSS: I̲N filtered Vol. 1, Fig. 3-218, (p. 3-290)
GFDSS: IN> triggered Vol. 1, Fig. 3-218, (p. 3-290)
GFDSS: Op. delay IN elapsed Vol. 1, Fig. 3-218, (p. 3-290)
GFDSS: Op.del.Y(N)> elapsed Vol. 1, Fig. 3-224, (p. 3-296)
GFDSS: P Vol. 1, Fig. 3-213, (p. 3-285)

Vol. 1, Fig. 3-220, (p. 3-292)
GFDSS: Q Vol. 1, Fig. 3-213, (p. 3-285)

Vol. 1, Fig. 3-220, (p. 3-292)
GFDSS: V̲NG Vol. 1, Fig. 3-212, (p. 3-284)
GFDSS: V̲NG filtered Vol. 1, Fig. 3-213, (p. 3-285)
GFDSS: VNG> triggered Vol. 1, Fig. 3-213, (p. 3-285)

Vol. 1, Fig. 3-220, (p. 3-292)
IDMT: ARC Starting Iref,N> Vol. 1, Fig. 3-157, (p. 3-214)
IDMT: ARC Starting Iref,P> Vol. 1, Fig. 3-150, (p. 3-208)
IDMT: Bl.Start.Iref,N> Vol. 1, Fig. 3-74, (p. 3-119)
IDMT: Bl.Start.Iref,neg> Vol. 1, Fig. 3-74, (p. 3-119)
IDMT: Bl.Start.Iref,P> PSx Vol. 1, Fig. 3-74, (p. 3-119)
IDMT: IN Vol. 1, Fig. 3-153, (p. 3-211)
IDMT: Starting A Vol. 1, Fig. 3-147, (p. 3-205)

Vol. 1, Fig. 3-148, (p. 3-206)
Vol. 1, Fig. 3-149, (p. 3-207)
IDMT: Starting B Vol. 1, Fig. 3-147, (p. 3-205)

Vol. 1, Fig. 3-148, (p. 3-206)
Vol. 1, Fig. 3-149, (p. 3-207)
IDMT: Starting C Vol. 1, Fig. 3-147, (p. 3-205)

Vol. 1, Fig. 3-148, (p. 3-206)
Vol. 1, Fig. 3-149, (p. 3-207)
IDMT1: Bl.Trip Iref,N> Vol. 1, Fig. 3-74, (p. 3-119)
IDMT1: Bl.Trip Iref,neg> Vol. 1, Fig. 3-74, (p. 3-119)
IDMT1: Bl.Trip Iref,P> Vol. 1, Fig. 3-74, (p. 3-119)
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A2-5

IDMT1: Block. Direct. tIref,N>1 Vol. 1, Fig. 3-169, (p. 3-227)
IDMT1: Block. Direct. tIref,P>1 Vol. 1, Fig. 3-164, (p. 3-222)
IDMT1: I> Vol. 1, Fig. 3-146, (p. 3-203)
IDMT2: Block. Direct. tIref,N>2 Vol. 1, Fig. 3-169, (p. 3-227)
IDMT2: Block. Direct. tIref,P>2 Vol. 1, Fig. 3-164, (p. 3-222)
IDMT4: Bl.Start.Iref,N> Vol. 1, Fig. 3-74, (p. 3-119)
IDMT4: Bl.Start.Iref,neg> Vol. 1, Fig. 3-74, (p. 3-119)
IDMT4: Bl.Start.Iref,P> Vol. 1, Fig. 3-74, (p. 3-119)
IDMT4: Bl.Trip Iref,N> Vol. 1, Fig. 3-74, (p. 3-119)
IDMT4: Bl.Trip Iref,neg> Vol. 1, Fig. 3-74, (p. 3-119)
IDMT4: Bl.Trip Iref,P> Vol. 1, Fig. 3-74, (p. 3-119)
INP: Fct. assignm. U xxx Vol. 1, Fig. 3-35, (p. 3-68)

Vol. 1, Fig. 3-47, (p. 3-80)
Vol. 1, Fig. 3-69, (p. 3-115)
Vol. 1, Fig. 3-70, (p. 3-116)
Vol. 1, Fig. 3-97, (p. 3-144)
Vol. 1, Fig. 3-172, (p. 3-233)
Vol. 1, Fig. 3-178, (p. 3-241)
Vol. 1, Fig. 3-196, (p. 3-265)
Vol. 1, Fig. 3-198, (p. 3-267)
Vol. 1, Fig. 3-199, (p. 3-268)
Vol. 1, Fig. 3-292, (p. 3-378)
Vol. 1, Fig. 3-296, (p. 3-382)
Vol. 1, Fig. 3-327, (p. 3-415)
Vol. 1, Fig. 3-335, (p. 3-421)
INP: Oper. mode U xxx Vol. 1, Fig. 3-35, (p. 3-68)
INP: State U xxx Vol. 1, Fig. 3-35, (p. 3-68)
LED: Fct.assig. Hxx red Vol. 1, Fig. 3-54, (p. 3-96)
LED: Oper. mode H xx Vol. 1, Fig. 3-54, (p. 3-96)
LED: State Hxx red Vol. 1, Fig. 3-54, (p. 3-96)
LOC: Remote&local control Vol. 1, Fig. 3-11, (p. 3-19)
LOC: Return t.select. trg Vol. 1, Fig. 3-5, (p. 3-12)
MAIN: Bl. timer st. IN,neg Vol. 1, Fig. 3-85, (p. 3-130)
MAIN: Blck.1 sel.functions Vol. 1, Fig. 3-77, (p. 3-122)
MAIN: Blck.2 sel.functions Vol. 1, Fig. 3-77, (p. 3-122)
MAIN: Block start. signal Vol. 1, Fig. 3-85, (p. 3-130)
A2-6 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

MAIN: DEVxx is a C.B. Vol. 1, Fig. 3-336, (p. 3-422)
MAIN: Direct motor control Vol. 1, Fig. 3-336, (p. 3-422)
MAIN: End command Vol. 1, Fig. 3-352, (p. 3-444)
MAIN: General start. int. Vol. 1, Fig. 3-86, (p. 3-131)
MAIN: Imeas Vol. 1, Fig. 3-118, (p. 3-165)
MAIN: Protection active Vol. 1, Fig. 3-69, (p. 3-115)
MAIN: Reset LED Vol. 1, Fig. 3-93, (p. 3-140)
MAIN: Sel. meas. loop A-B Vol. 1, Fig. 3-118, (p. 3-165)
MAIN: Sel. meas. loop A-G Vol. 1, Fig. 3-118, (p. 3-165)
MAIN: Sel. meas. loop B-C Vol. 1, Fig. 3-118, (p. 3-165)
MAIN: Sel. meas. loop B-G Vol. 1, Fig. 3-118, (p. 3-165)
MAIN: Sel. meas. loop C-A Vol. 1, Fig. 3-118, (p. 3-165)
MAIN: Sel. meas. loop C-G Vol. 1, Fig. 3-118, (p. 3-165)
MAIN: Sel. meas. loop PG Vol. 1, Fig. 3-118, (p. 3-165)
MAIN: Sel. meas. loop PP Vol. 1, Fig. 3-118, (p. 3-165)
MAIN: Start. I>,kIref,P> Vol. 1, Fig. 3-86, (p. 3-131)
MAIN: Starting A int. Vol. 1, Fig. 3-85, (p. 3-130)
MAIN: Starting B int. Vol. 1, Fig. 3-85, (p. 3-130)
MAIN: Starting C int. Vol. 1, Fig. 3-85, (p. 3-130)
MAIN: Starting G int. Vol. 1, Fig. 3-85, (p. 3-130)
MAIN: Starting Ineg int. Vol. 1, Fig. 3-85, (p. 3-130)
MAIN: Time tag Vol. 1, Fig. 3-92, (p. 3-136)
MAIN: Vmeas Vol. 1, Fig. 3-118, (p. 3-165)
MEASO: Enable Vol. 1, Fig. 3-47, (p. 3-80)
MEASO: Output value x Vol. 1, Fig. 3-50, (p. 3-85)

Vol. 1, Fig. 3-52, (p. 3-91)
MEASO: Reset meas.val.outp. Vol. 1, Fig. 3-48, (p. 3-81)
MP: Block. replica THERM Vol. 1, Fig. 3-242, (p. 3-319)
MP: IP,max r.m.s./Iref Vol. 1, Fig. 3-237, (p. 3-308)
MP: Istup> Vol. 1, Fig. 3-242, (p. 3-319)
MP: Machine stopped Vol. 1, Fig. 3-242, (p. 3-319)
MP: St. kP⋅Iref>/Istup> Vol. 1, Fig. 3-237, (p. 3-308)
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A2-7

OUTP: Fct.assignment K xxx Vol. 1, Fig. 3-44, (p. 3-78)

Vol. 1, Fig. 3-52, (p. 3-91)
Vol. 1, Fig. 3-355, (p. 3-448)
Vol. 1, Fig. 3-356, (p. 3-448)
Vol. 1, Fig. 3-357, (p. 3-449)
Vol. 1, Fig. 3-360, (p. 3-455)
OUTP: Oper. mode K xxx Vol. 1, Fig. 3-44, (p. 3-78)
OUTP: Test in progress Vol. 1, Fig. 3-44, (p. 3-78)

Vol. 1, Fig. 3-45, (p. 3-79)
P<>: P Vol. 1, Fig. 3-275, (p. 3-363)
P<>: P- Vol. 1, Fig. 3-275, (p. 3-363)
P<>: P+ Vol. 1, Fig. 3-275, (p. 3-363)
P<>: Q Vol. 1, Fig. 3-275, (p. 3-363)
P<>: Q- Vol. 1, Fig. 3-275, (p. 3-363)
P<>: Q+ Vol. 1, Fig. 3-275, (p. 3-363)
QV: Bl.Start. QV Vol. 1, Fig. 3-74, (p. 3-119)
SCDD: Determin. N enabled Vol. 1, Fig. 3-167, (p. 3-225)
SCDD: Determin. P enabled Vol. 1, Fig. 3-162, (p. 3-219)
SCDD: Phase curr.stage bl. Vol. 1, Fig. 3-162, (p. 3-219)
SCDD: Resid.curr.stage bl. Vol. 1, Fig. 3-167, (p. 3-225)
SCDD: VNG Vol. 1, Fig. 3-166, (p. 3-224)
Signal 1 EXT Vol. 1, Fig. 3-335, (p. 3-421)
Signal 2 EXT Vol. 1, Fig. 3-335, (p. 3-421)
SOTF: Bl. ARC by close cmd Vol. 1, Fig. 3-171, (p. 3-231)
TGFD: Direction BS Vol. 1, Fig. 3-231, (p. 3-304)
TGFD: Direction LS Vol. 1, Fig. 3-231, (p. 3-304)
TGFD: Hardware fault Vol. 1, Fig. 3-229, (p. 3-302)
TGFD: IN,p triggered Vol. 1, Fig. 3-231, (p. 3-304)
TGFD: Reset signal Vol. 1, Fig. 3-233, (p. 3-305)
TGFD: V̲NG Vol. 1, Fig. 3-230, (p. 3-303)
TGFD: VNG> (f0) triggered Vol. 1, Fig. 3-231, (p. 3-304)
TGFD: VNG> triggered Vol. 1, Fig. 3-231, (p. 3-304)
A2-8 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

THERM: Block. by CTA error Vol. 1, Fig. 3-247, (p. 3-328)
THERM: With CTA Vol. 1, Fig. 3-247, (p. 3-328)
V<>: V< ready Vol. 1, Fig. 3-254, (p. 3-339)
V<>: V̲neg Vol. 1, Fig. 3-260, (p. 3-345)
V<>: V̲NG< Vol. 1, Fig. 3-263, (p. 3-349)
V<>: V̲NG<< Vol. 1, Fig. 3-263, (p. 3-349)
V<>: V̲NG<<< Vol. 1, Fig. 3-263, (p. 3-349)
V<>: V̲pos Vol. 1, Fig. 3-260, (p. 3-345)
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A2-9

A2-10 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

P139
A3 Glossary
Modules
A: Communication module
B: Digital bus module
L: MMI module
N: Transient ground fault evaluation module
P: Processor module
T: Transformer module
V: Power supply module
X: Binary I/O module
Y: Analog I/O module
Symbols
Graphic symbols for block diagrams

Binary elements in compliance with DIN 40900 part 12, September 1992,
IEC 617-12: modified 1991
Analog information processing in compliance with DIN 40900 part 13, January
1981. To document the linking of analog and binary signals, additional symbols
have been used, taken from several DIN documents.
As a rule, direction of the signal flow is from left to right and from top to bottom.
Other flow directions are marked by an arrow. Input signals are listed on the left
side of the signal flow, output signals on the right side.
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A3-1

P139 A3 Glossary
Symbol Description
To obtain more space for representing a group of related

elements, contours of the elements may be joined or cascaded if
the following rules are met:
There is no functional linkage between elements whose common
= contour line is oriented in the signal flow direction.
Note:
This rule does not necessarily apply to configurations with two or
more signal flow directions, such as for symbols with a control
D5Z08X1B block and an output block.
There exists at least one logical link between elements whose
common contour line runs perpendicularly to the signal flow
direction.
Components of a symbol
A symbol consists of a contour or contour combination and one or
more qualifiers.
Description of the example symbol in the left column

● Blue line: Contur
● Dark red lines: Inputs
● Green lines: Outputs
D5Z08X2B ● Green hash characters: Preferred location for the general
function qualifying symbol
● Dark blue asterisk characters: Alternative location for the
general function qualifying symbol
Control block
A control block contains an input function common to several
symbols. It is used for the collective setting of several trigger
elements, for example.
D5Z08X3B
Output block
An output block contains an output function common to several
symbols.
D5Z08X4B
A3-2 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A3 Glossary P139
Settable control block
MAIN:
The 6 digits in square brackets represent the address under
Inom device
[ 010 003 ] which the function shown in the text is implemented.
D5Z08X5B
Settable control block with function blocks

MAIN:
Inom device
The digits in the function block show the settings that are
[ 010 003 ]
possible for this function.
1.0
5.0
The text below the symbol assigns the corresponding unit or
1.0: 1.0 A meaning to each setting.
5.0: 5.0 A
D5Z08X6B
Static input
Only the state of the binary input variable is effective.
D5Z08XBB
Dynamic input
Only the transition from value 0 to value 1 is effective.
D5Z08XAB
Negation of an output
The value up to the border line is negated at the output.
D5Z08X8B
Negation of an input
The input value is negated before the border line.
D5Z08X7B
Dynamic input with negation

Only the transition from value 1 to value 0 is effective.
D5Z08X9B
AND element
& The output variable will be 1 only if all input variables are 1.
D5Z08XCB
OR element
The output variable will be 1 only if at least one input variable is
D5Z08XDB 1.
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A3-3

P139 A3 Glossary
Threshold element
The output variable will be 1 only if at least two input variables
D5Z08XEB are 1. The number in the symbol may be replaced by any other
number.
(m out of n) element
The output variable will be 1 only if just one input variable is 1.
D5Z08XFB
The number in the symbol may be replaced by any other number
if the number of inputs is increased or decreased accordingly.
Delay element
t1 t2
The transition from value 0 to 1 at the output occurs after a time
D5Z08XGB delay of t1 relative to the corresponding transition at the input.
The transition from value 1 to 0 at the output occurs after a time
delay of t2 relative to the corresponding transition at the input.
t1 and t2 may be replaced by the actual delay values (in seconds
or strobe ticks).
Monostable flip-flop
1 The output variable will be 1 only if the input variable changes to
100ms
D5Z08XHB 1. The output variable will remain 1 for 100 ms, regardless of the
duration of the input value 1 (non-retriggerable).
Without a 1 in the function block, the monostable flip-flop is
retriggerable.
The time is 100 ms in this example, but it may be changed to any
other duration.
Analog-digital converter
An analog input signal is converted to a binary signal.
D5Z08XJB
Subtractor
The output variable is the difference between the two input
D5Z08XKB variables.
A summing element is obtained by changing the minus sign to
a plus sign at the symbol input.
Schmitt Trigger with binary output signal

The binary output variable will be 1 if the input signal exceeds a
D5Z08XLB specific threshold. The output variable remains 1 until the input
signal drops below the threshold again.
Memory, general
Storage of a binary or analog signal.
D5Z08XMB
A3-4 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A3 Glossary P139
Non-stable flip-flop
When the input variable changes to 1, a pulse sequence is
D5Z08XNB generated at the output.
The ! to the left of the G indicates that the pulse sequence starts
with the input variable transition (synchronized start).
If there is a ! to the right of the G, the pulse sequence ends with
the ending of the 1 signal at the input (synchronized stop).
Amplifier
The output variable is 1 only if the input variable is also 1.
D5Z08XOB
Band pass filter

50Hz
The output only transmits the 50 Hz component of the input
D5Z08XPB signals. All other frequencies (above and below 50 Hz) are
attenuated.
Counter
+
At the + input the input variable transitions from 0 to 1 are
R
D5Z08YFB counted and stored in the function block.
At the R(eset) input a transition of the input variable from 0 to 1
resets the counter to 0.
Electromechanical drive in general, here a relay, for example.
D5Z08YGB
Signal level converter

L+
V1 with electrical isolation between input and output.

L-
D5Z08XQB
L+ = pos. voltage input
L− = neg. voltage input
U1 = device identifier
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A3-5

P139 A3 Glossary
Input transformer with phase and item identifiers (according to

A.1 DIN EN 60445)
A.2 IA T1
D5Z08XRB
Phase identifiers for current inputs:
● for A: A1 and A2
● for B: B1 and B2
● for C: C1 and C2
● for N: N1 and N2
Phase identifiers for voltage inputs

● via transformer 1:
o for A: 1U
o for B: 1V
o for C: 1W
o for N: 1N
● via transformer 2:
o for A: 2U
o for B: 2V
Item identifiers
● for current transformers:
o for A: T1
o for B: T2
o for C: T3
o for N: T4
● for voltage transformer 1:
o for A: T5
o for B: T6
o for C: T7
o for N: T8
● for VG-N transformer: T90
● for voltage transformer 2:
o for A: T15
Change-over contact
with item identifier
D5Z08XSB
Special symbol
Output relay in normally-energized arrangement (“closed-circuit
D5Z08XTB operation”).
A3-6 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A3 Glossary P139
PC interface
−12V
with pin connections
9
+12V 1
0V 5
RXD 3
V24
TXD 2
D5Z08XVB
Multiplier
The output variable is the result of the multiplication of the two
D5Z08XWB input variables.
Divider
The output variable is the result of the division of the two input
D5Z08XXB variables.
Comparator
The output variable becomes 1 only if the input variable(s) are
equal to the function in the function block.
D5Z08XYB
Formula block
The output variable becomes 1 only if the input variable(s) satisfy
2.5
the equation in the function block
D5Z08XZB
Examples of Signal Names

All settings and signals relevant for protection are shown in the block diagrams of
Chapter “Operation” as follows:
Signal Name Description

♦ FT_RC: Fault recording n Internal signal names are not coded by a data model address.
305 100
In the block diagrams they are marked with a diamond. The
small figure underneath the signal name represents a code that
is irrelevant to the user.
The internal signal names used and their origins are listed in
Appendix.
DIST: VNG>> triggered Signal names coded by a data model address are represented
[ 036 015 ]
by their address (shown in square brackets). Their origin is
given in Chapters “Setting” and “Information and Control
Functions”.
MAIN: General reset USER A specific setting to be used later on is shown with its signal
[ 003 002 ]
↗1: Execute
name, address, and the setting preceded by the setting arrow.
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A3-7

P139 A3 Glossary
Symbols Used
Symbol Meaning
t Time duration
V Voltage, potential difference
V̲ Complex voltage
I Electrical current
I̲ Complex current
Z̲ Complex impedance
|Z̲| Modulus of complex impedance
f Frequency
δ Temperature in °C
Σ Sum, result
Ω Unit of electrical resistance
α Angle
φ, ϕ Phase angle. With subscripts: specific angle between a defined current

and a defined voltage.
τ Time constant
ΔT Temperature difference in K
A3-8 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

P139
A4 Telecontrol Interfaces
A4.1 Telecontrol Interface per EN 60870-5-101 or IEC 870-5-101

(Companion Standard)
This section incorporates Section 8 of EN 60870-5-101 (1996), which includes a
general definition of the telecontrol interface for substation control systems.
A4.1.1 Interoperability
This application-based standard (companion standard) specifies parameter sets
and other options from which subsets are to be selected in order to implement
specific telecontrol systems. Certain parameters such as the number of bytes
(octets) in the COMMON ADDRESS of the ASDU are mutually exclusive. This
means that only one value of the defined parameter is allowed per system. Other
parameters, such as the listed set of different process information in the
command and monitor direction, permit definition of the total number or of
subsets that are suitable for the given application. This section combines the
parameters given in the previous sections in order to facilitate an appropriate
selection for a specific application. If a system is made up of several system
components supplied by different manufacturers, then it is necessary for all
partners to agree on the selected parameters.
The boxes for the selected parameters should be checked [see National Preface
of EN 60870-5-101].
The overall definition of a system may also require individual selection of certain
parameters for specific parts of a system such as individual selection of scaling
factors for individually addressable measured values.
A4.1.1.1 Network Configuration (Network-Specific Parameters)
[✓] Point-to-point configuration [✓] Multipoint-party line configuration
[✓] Multiple point-to-point configuration [ ] Multipoint-star configuration
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A4-1

P139 A4 Telecontrol Interfaces
A4.1.1.2 Physical Layer (Network-Specific Parameters)

(See National Preface of EN 60870-5-101.)
Transmission Rate (Control Direction)
(The transmission rates for control direction and monitor direction must be
identical.)
Unbalanced interface V.24/V.28, Unbalanced interface V.24/V.28, Balanced interface X.24/X.27

Standardized Recommended with > 1 200 bit/s
[ ] 100 bit/s [✓] 2400 bit/s [ ] 2400 bit/s
[ ] 200 bit/s [✓] 4800 bit/s [ ] 4800 bit/s
[ ] 300 bit/s [✓] 9600 bit/s [ ] 9600 bit/s
[✓] 600 bit/s [ ] 19200 bit/s
[✓] 1200 bit/s [ ] 38400 bit/s
[ ] 56000 bit/s
[ ] 64000 bit/s
Transmission Rate (Monitor Direction)

(The transmission rates for control direction and monitor direction must be
identical.)
Unbalanced interface V.24/V.28, Unbalanced interface V.24/V.28, Balanced interface X.24/X.27

Standardized Recommended with > 1 200 bit/s
[ ] 100 bit/s [✓] 2400 bit/s [ ] 2400 bit/s
[ ] 200 bit/s [✓] 4800 bit/s [ ] 4800 bit/s
[ ] 300 bit/s [✓] 9600 bit/s [ ] 9600 bit/s
[✓] 600 bit/s [ ] 19200 bit/s
[✓] 1200 bit/s [ ] 38400 bit/s
[ ] 56000 bit/s
[ ] 64000 bit/s
A4-2 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A4 Telecontrol Interfaces P139
A4.1.1.3 Link Layer (Network-Specific Parameters)

Frame format FT 1.2, single character 1, and the fixed time-out interval are used
exclusively in this companion standard.
Link Transmission Procedure
[✓] Balanced transmission
[✓] Unbalanced transmission
Address Field of the Link
[✓] Not present (balanced transmission only)
[✓] One octet
[✓] Two octets (balanced transmission only)
[✓] Structured
[✓] Unstructured
Frame Length
[240] Maximum length L (number of octets)
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A4-3

A4.1.1.4 Application Layer

Transmission mode for application data
Mode 1 (least significant octet first), as defined in clause 4.10 of IEC 870-5-4, is
used exclusively in this companion standard.
Common Address of ASDU (System-Specific Parameter)
[✓] One octet [✓] Two octets
Information Object Address (System-Specific Parameter)
[✓] One octet [✓] Structured
[✓] Two octets [✓] Unstructured
[✓] Three octets
Cause of Transmission (System-Specific Parameter)
[✓] One octet [✓] Two octets (with originator address)
Selection of Standard ASDUs

Process Information in Monitor Direction (Station-Specific Parameter)
A4-4 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

[✓] <1> = Single-point information M_SP_NA_1
[✓] <2> = Single-point information with time tag M_SP_TA_1
[✓] <3> = Double-point information M_DP_NA_1
[✓] <4> = Double-point information with time tag M_DP_TA_1
[✓] <5> = Step position information M_ST_NA_1
[✓] <6> = Step position information with time tag M_ST_TA_1
[✓] <7> = Bit string of 32 bit M_BO_NA_1
[✓] <8> = Bit string of 32 bit with time tag M_BO_TA_1
[✓] <9> = Measured value, normalized value M_ME_NA_1
[✓] <10> = Measured value, normalized value with time tag M_ME_TA_1
[✓] <11> = Measured value, scaled value M_ME_NB_1
[✓] <12> = Measured value, scaled value with time tag M_ME_TB_1
[ ] <13> = Measured value, short floating point value M_ME_NC_1
[ ] <14> = Measured value, short floating point value with time tag M_ME_TC_1
[✓] <15> = Integrated totals M_IT_NA_1
[✓] <16> = Integrated totals with time tag M_IT_TA_1
[✓] <17> = Event of protection equipment with time tag M_EP_TA_1
[✓] <18> = Packed start events of protection equipment with time ME_EP_TB_1
tag
[✓] <19> = Packed output circuit information of protection M_EP_TC_1

equipment with time tag
[ ] <20> = Packed single-point information with status change M_PS_NA_1

detection
[ ] <21> = Measured value, normalized value without quality M_ME_ND_1

descriptor
Process Information in Monitor Direction (Station-Specific Parameter)

(Incorrectly identified with control direction in IEC 870-5-101.)
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A4-5

[✓] <45> = Single command C_SC_NA_1
[✓] <46> = Double command C_DC_NA_1
[✓] <47> = Regulating step command C_IT_NA_1
[ ] <48> = Set point command, normalized value C_RC_NA_1
[ ] <49> = Set point command, scaled value C_SE_NB_1
[ ] <50> = Set point command, short floating point value C_SE_NC_1
[ ] <51> = Bit string of 32 bit C_BO_NA_1
System Information in Monitor Direction (Station-Specific Parameter)
[✓] <70> = End of initialization ME_EI_NA_1
System Information in Control Direction (Station-Specific Parameter)
[✓] <100> = Interrogation command C_IC_NA_1
[✓] <101> = Counter interrogation command C_CI_NA_1
[✓] <102> = Read command C_RD_NA_1
[✓] <103> = Clock synchronization command C_CS_NA_1
[✓] <104> = Test command C_TS_NB_1
[ ] <105> = Reset process command C_RP_NC_1
[ ] <106> = Delay acquisition command C_CD_NA_1

Parameter in Control Direction (Station-Specific Parameter)
[✓] <110> = Parameter of measured value, normalized value P_ME_NA_1
[✓] <111> = Parameter of measured value, scaled value P_ME_NB_1
[ ] <112> = Parameter of measured value, short floating point value P_ME_NC_1
[ ] <113> = Parameter activation P_AC_NA_1
File Transfer (Station-Specific Parameter)
A4-6 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

[ ] <120> = File ready F_FR_NA_1
[ ] <121> = Section ready F_SR_NA_1
[ ] <122> = Call directory, select file, call file, call section F_SC_NA_1
[ ] <123> = Last section, last segment F_LS_NA_1
[ ] <124> = Ack file, ack section F_AF_NA_1
[ ] <125> = Segment F_SG_NA_1
[ ] <126> = Directory F_DR_TA_1
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A4-7

A4.1.1.5 Basic Application Functions

Station Initialization (Station-Specific Parameter)
[✓] Remote initialization
General Interrogation (System- or Station-Specific Parameter)
[✓] Global
[✓] Group 1 [✓] Group 7 [✓] Group 13
[✓] Group 5 [✓] Group 11
[✓] Group 6 [✓] Group 12
Addresses per group have to be defined.

Clock Synchronization (Station-Specific Parameter)
[✓] Clock synchronization
Command Transmission (Object-Specific Parameter)
[✓] Direct command transmission [ ] Select and execute command
[ ] Direct set point command [ ] Select and execute set point
transmission command
[ ] C_SE ACTTERM used
[✓] No additional definition
[ ] Short pulse duration (Execution duration determined by a system parameter in the
outstation)
[ ] Long pulse duration (Execution duration determined by a system parameter in the
outstation)
[ ] Persistent output
Transmission of Integrated Totals (Station- or Object-Specific

Parameter)
A4-8 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

[ ] Counter request [✓] General request counter
[✓] Counter freeze without reset [✓] Request counter group 1
[ ] Counter freeze with reset [✓] Request counter group 2
[ ] Counter reset [✓] Request counter group 3
[✓] Request counter group 4
Addresses per group have to be specified

Parameter Loading (Object-Specific Parameter)
[✓] Threshold value
[ ] Smoothing value
[ ] Low limit for transmission of measured value
[ ] High limit for transmission of measured value
Parameter Activation (Object-Specific Parameter)
[ ] Act/deact of persistent cyclic or periodic transmission of the addressed object
File Transfer (Station-Specific Parameter)
[ ] File transfer in monitor direction F_FR_NA_1
[ ] File transfer in control direction F_FR_NA_1
A4.2 Communication Interface per IEC 60870-5-103

This section incorporates Section 8 of IEC 60870-5-103, including definitions
applicable to the P139.
A4.2.1 Interoperability
A4.2.1.1 Physical Layer
A4.2.1.1.1 Electrical Interface
[✓] EIA RS 485
[✓] No. of loads: 32 for one device
Note: EIA RS 485 defines the loads in such a way that 32 of such loads can be
operated on one line. For detailed information see EIA RS 485, Section 3.
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A4-9

A4.2.1.1.2 Optical Interface
[✓] Glass fiber
[✓] Plastic fiber
[✓] F-SMA connector
[ ] BFOC/2.5 connector
A4.2.1.1.3 Transmission Rate
[✓] 9600 bit/s
[✓] 19200 bit/s
A4.2.1.2 Link Layer

There are no selection options for the link layer.
A4.2.1.3 Application Layer
A4.2.1.3.1 Transmission Mode for Application Data

Mode 1 (least significant octet first) as defined in clause 4.10 of IEC 60870‑5‑4 is
used exclusively in this companion standard.
A4.2.1.3.2 Common Address of ASDU
[✓] One COMMON ADDRESS of ASDU (identical to the station address)
[ ] More than one COMMON ADDRESS of ASDU
A4.2.1.3.3 Selection of Standard Information Numbers in Monitor Direction
System Functions in Monitor Direction
INF Description
[✓] <0> End of general interrogation
[✓] <0> Time synchronization
[✓] <2> Reset FCB
[✓] <3> Reset CU
[✓] <4> Start / restart
[ ] <5> Power on
A4-10 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

Status Indications in Monitor Direction
INF Description P139 Designations

(Address) Description
[✓] <16> Auto-recloser active (015 064) A RC : En able d
[✓] <17> Teleprotection active (015 008) P SIG: Enabl ed
[✓] <18> Protection active (003 030) MA IN: Devi ce on-l i ne
[✓] <19> LED reset (021 010) MA IN: Res et in dicat. USER
[✓] <20> Blocking of monitor direction (037 075) C OMM1 : Si g./meas .val. blo ck.
[✓] <21> Test mode (037 071) MA IN: Te st mode
[ ] <22> Local parameter setting
[✓] <23> Characteristic 1 (036 090) P SS: PS 1 active
[✓] <27> Auxiliary input 1 (034 000) L OGIC : I npu t 01 EXT
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A4-11

Monitoring Signals (Supervision Indications) in Monitor Direction

[✓] <32> Measurand supervision I (040 087) MCMON: Mea s. circ. I faulty
[✓] <33> Measurand supervision V (038 023) MCMON: Mea s. circ. V fault y
[✓] <35> Phase sequence supervision (038 049) MCMON: Ph ase se qu. V f aul ty
[✓] <36> Trip circuit supervision (041 200) SFMON: Rel ay K xx faulty
(The message content is
formed from the OR operation
of the individual signals.)
[ ] <37> I>> back-up operation
[✓] <38> VT fuse failure (004 061) MA IN: M.c. b. trip V EXT
[✓] <39> Teleprotection disturbed (036 060) P SI G: Te le com. fau lty
[✓] <46> Group warning (036 100) SFMON: Warnin g ( re lay)
[✓] <47> Group alarm (004 065) MA IN: Blocke d/f aul ty
Earth Fault Indications in Monitor Direction

[✓] <48> Earth fault A (041 054) MA IN: Ground f aul t A
[✓] <49> Earth fault B (041 055) MA IN: Ground f aul t B
[✓] <50> Earth fault C (041 056) MA IN: Ground f aul t C
[✓] <51> Earth fault forward, i.e. line (041 088) MA IN: Gnd. f aul t f orw./LS
[✓] <52> Earth fault reverse, i.e. busbar (041 089) MA IN: Gnd. f aul t backw ./BS
A4-12 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

Fault Indications in Monitor Direction

[✓] <64> Start / pick-up A (040 005) MA IN: Starti ng A
[✓] <65> Start / pick-up B (040 006) MA IN: Starti ng B
[✓] <66> Start / pick-up C (040 007) MA IN: Starti ng C
[✓] <67> Start / pick-up N (040 008) MA IN: Starti ng GF
[✓] <68> General trip (036 071) MA IN: Gen . tri p command 1
[ ] <69> Trip A
[ ] <70> Trip B
[ ] <71> Trip C
[ ] <72> Trip I>> (back-up operation)
[✓] <73> Fault location X in ohms (004 029) F T_DA : F aul t re act., pri m.
[✓] <74> Fault forward/line (036 018) SCDD1 : F aul t P forw ard
[✓] <75> Fault reverse/busbar (036 019) SCDD1 : F aul t P backw ar d
[✓] <76> Teleprotection signal (036 035) P SI G: Sen d ( sign al)

transmitted
[✓] <77> Teleprotection signal received (037 029) P SI G: R ece ive (s ignal )
[ ] <78> Zone 1
[ ] <79> Zone 2
[ ] <80> Zone 3
[ ] <81> Zone 4
[ ] <82> Zone 5
[ ] <83> Zone 6
[✓] <84> General starting (040 000) MA IN: Gen eral startin g
[✓] <85> Breaker failure (036 017) C BF: CB failu re
[ ] <86> Trip measuring system A
[ ] <87> Trip measuring system B
[ ] <88> Trip measuring system C
[ ] <89> Trip measuring system N
[✓] <90> Trip I> (040 042) MA IN: Tri pSi g. tI>/tI refP >
[✓] <91> Trip I>> (040 011) D TOC : Trip s ignal tI>2
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A4-13


[✓] <92> Trip IN> (040 043) MA IN: Tri pSig tIN>/tIre fN>
[✓] <93> Trip IN>> (040 028) DTOC : Tri p sign al tIN>2
Auto-Reclosure Indications in Monitor Direction

[✓] <128> CB ‘on’ by AR (037 007) A RC : (Re ) clos e si gn al HSR
[✓] <129> CB ‘on’ by long-time AR (037 006) A RC : (Re ) clos e si gn al TDR
[✓] <130> AR blocked (037 008) A RC : Not re ady
Measurands in Monitor Direction

[✓] <144> Measurand I (006 041) MA IN: Cu rre nt B p. u.

(only with setting
COMM1: Tran sm.e n ab.cycl
.dat to ASDU 3.1 per IEC)
[✓] <145> Measurands I, V (006 041) MA IN: Cu rre nt B p. u.

(only with setting (005 045) MA IN: V oltage A -B p.u.
COMM1: Tran sm.e n ab.cycl
[✓] <146> Measurands I, V, P, Q (006 041) MA IN: Cu rre nt B p. u.

(only with setting (005 045) MA IN: V oltage A -B p.u.
COMM1: Tran sm.e n ab.cycl (004 051) MAIN: A ctive powe r P p. u.
(004 053) MA IN: Reac. pow er Q p.u.
[✓] <147> Measurands IN, VEN (005 011) MA IN: Current Σ ( IP ) p.u.
(only with setting (005 013) MAI N: V olt. Σ( VP G)/√3 p.u.
C OM M1 : Tran sm.en ab.cycl
[✓] <148> Measurands IA,B,C, VA,B,C, P, Q, f (005 041) MAI N: Cu rre nt A p.u.
(only with setting (006 041) MAIN: Curren t B p.u .
C OMM1 : Transm.e nab.cycl (007 041) MAI N: Cu rre nt C p. u.
.dat to ASDU 9 per IEC) (005 043) MAIN: V ol tage A-G p.u .
(006 043) MA IN: Voltage B-G p.u .
(007 043) MA IN: Voltage C-G p. u.
(004 051) MA IN: Act ive power P p.u.
(004 053) MAIN: Re ac. powe r Q p.u.
(004 040) MAIN: Fre que ncy f
A4-14 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

Generic Functions in Monitor Direction
INF Description
[ ] <240> Read headings of all defined groups
[ ] <241> Read values or attributes of all entries of one group
[ ] <243> Read directory of a single entry
[ ] <244> Read value or attribute of a single entry
[ ] <245> General interrogation of generic data
[ ] <249> Write entry with confirmation
[ ] <250> Write entry with execution
[ ] <251> Write entry abort
A4.2.1.3.4 Selection of Standard Information Numbers in Control Direction
System Functions in Control Direction
INF Description
[✓] <0> Initiation of general interrogation
[✓] <0> Time synchronization
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A4-15

General Commands in Control Direction

[✓] <16> Auto-recloser on/off (015 064) A RC : En able d
[✓] <17> Teleprotection on/off (015 004) P SIG: Gen eral en abl e USER
[✓] <18> Protection on/off (003 030) MA IN: Devi ce on-l i ne
[✓] <19> LED reset (021 010) MA IN: Res et in dicat. U SER
[✓] <23> Activate characteristic 1 (003 060) P SS: Param .s u bs. se l. USE R
(Switches
PSS: Pa ram.su bs. se l .
USE R to Parameter subset
1.)
(Switches
2.)
(Switches
3.)
(Switches
4.)
A4-16 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

Generic Functions in Control Direction
INF Description
[ ] <240> Read headings of all defined groups
[ ] <241> Read values or attributes of all entries of one group
[ ] <243> Read directory of a single entry
[ ] <244> Read value or attribute of a single entry
[ ] <245> General interrogation of generic data
[ ] <248> Write entry
[ ] <249> Write entry with confirmation
[ ] <250> Write entry with execution
[ ] <251> Write entry abort
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A4-17

A4.2.1.3.5 Basic Application Functions
[✓] Test mode
[✓] Blocking of monitor direction
[✓] Disturbance data
[ ] Generic services
[✓] Private data
A4.2.1.3.6 Miscellaneous
Measured values are transmitted both with ASDU 3 and ASDU 9. As defined in
Sec. 7.2.6.8, the maximum MVAL can be either 1.2 or 2.4 times the rated value.
In ASDU 3 and ASDU 9, different ratings may not be used; in other words, there is
only one choice for each measurand.
Measured value Max. MVAL = nom. value multiplied by
1.2 or 2.4
Current A [ ] [✓]
Current B [ ] [✓]
Current C [ ] [✓]
Voltage A-G [ ] [✓]
Voltage B-G [ ] [✓]
Voltage C-G [ ] [✓]
Enabled power P [ ] [✓]
Reactive power Q [ ] [✓]
Frequency f [ ] [✓]
Voltage A-B [ ] [✓]
A4-18 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

P139
A5 List of Bay Types
A5.1 Key to the List of Bay Types
Supported Bay Types
In general, the selection of a bay type (via M A I N : T y p e o f b a y) is accepted by

the P139 only if all of the following requirements are fulfilled:
● The selected ID number is known by the P139, i. e. is either available
as a pre-defined standard bay type, or matches a bay type definition
that has been loaded as a customized bay type into the P139
memory in file transfer mode.
● Binary I/O module X(6I 6O) has been fitted to slot 6 (40 TE case) or 12
(84 TE case).
● The hardware (in particular the set of all binary I/O modules and
power supply) has got a sufficient number of inputs and outputs as
required by the selected bay type.
● None of the inputs/outputs required by the selected bay type has
been previously assigned to a non-control function.
In case of the setting M A I N : A u t o - a s s i g n m e n t I / O = Yes, the following two
constraints must be noted:
● The activation of a new bay type overwrites all DEVxx / SIG_1 /
CMD_1 assignments to I/O elements that have been previously made
(for the previous bay type definition).
● If the automatic I/O assignment fails because some required inputs
and outputs have been assigned to a non-control function, or because
the number of I/O elements available is not sufficient, then the
previously selected bay type remains active and an error message
“Signal from device: Hardware module not fitted (0x8063)” is
reported in the “kommprot.txt” log file.
Sorting the Bay Types

The bay types are sorted by the criteria listed below. These criteria are encoded
in the first three characters of the bay type code (example: A11.100.R01) given
in brackets after the Bay Type No. (example: 2). Sorting is first by “Type of bay”
in the order given below, then within each group by the second and third
character in ascending order.
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-1

P139 A5 List of Bay Types
● Type of bay
o A – Feeder bays
o L – Bus sectionalizer bay
o Q –Bus coupler bay
o K – Bus coupler and sectionalizer bay
o M – Busbar measurement bay
o E – Busbar grounding bay
o X – Other bay type
● Number of busbars
o 1 – Single busbar
o 2 – Double busbar
o 9 – Without busbar / other configurations
● Equipment
o 1 – Bays with switch truck or withdrawable switchgear assembly
o 2 – Bays with two circuit breakers or switch disconnectors on switch
trucks or withdrawable switchgear assembly
o 3 – Bays with stationary switchgear units
o 5 – Bays with stationary switchgear units and three-position disconnector
o 9 – Other bay types
Key
Bay Type No.: This number indicates the value to be set at MAIN: Type of
b ay (Menu branch Par/Conf) in order to configure the unit for the selected bay
type.
Special Designations for External Devices:

● Mot.relay: Motor relay
● Shunt wd.: Shunt winding
Table “Assignment of Binary Inputs and Output Relays”:
Column “Switchgear unit”: This column begins with the designation for the
external device (switchgear unit). The function group follows in brackets. The
function group encompasses all setting options for monitoring the switchgear
unit and its signals. “Open” and “Close(d)” indicate the signal message or control
direction of the switchgear unit.
Column “Binary Input”: The “Open” or “Closed” signal should be connected to
the binary input U xxxx. The connection points of the binary input U xxxx are
shown in the terminal connection diagrams.
Column “Output relay”: The “Open” or “Close” control of the switchgear unit is
effected via output relay K xxxx. The connection points of the output relay K xxxx
are shown in the terminal connection diagrams.
Table “Bay Interlock Equations for Operation without Station
Interlocking”:
The interlock equations are stored at substation control level, not at unit level.
A5-2 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A5 List of Bay Types P139
Symbols used in the Boolean interlock equations:

● /: Negation
● 0: Switchgear unit “Open”
● I : Switchgear unit “Closed”
● X: Switchgear unit in intermediate position
● FctBl1: Function block 1, configuration at MA IN: In p.as g. fct.block. 1
(menu branch Par/Func/Cont)
● FctBl2: Function block 1, configuration at MA IN: In p.as g. f ct. block .2
(menu branch Par/Func/Cont)
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-3

A5.2 Predefined Bay Types
A5.2.1 Feeder Bays
A5.2.1.1 Bay type No. 2: Feeder bay with circuit breaker, single busbar
A11.100.R01
Switchgear unit Binary input Output relay
Q0 (DEV01) Open U A01 K A01
Close(d) U A02 K A02
X0 (DEV02) Open U A03 / X0
Close(d) U A04 / Q0
Tab. A5-1: Assignment of Binary Inputs and Output Relays
Switchgear
Control O/C Interlock equation
unit
Q0 Close(d) /(X0=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

Tab. A5-2: Bay Interlock Equations for Operation without Station Interlocking
Switchgear
unit

Tab. A5-3: Bay Interlock Equations for Operation with Station Interlocking
A5-4 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A11.100.R02
X0 (DEV02) Open U A03 K A03 X0
Close(d) U A04 K A04 Q0
Switchgear
unit
X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Switchgear
unit
X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-5

A5.2.1.3 Bay type No. 546: Feeder bay with circuit breaker, single busbar, direct
motor control
A11.101.M03

Q8
Motor relay (SIG_1: Si gnal S0 12 EXT) U B06 /
Shunt winding (CM D_1: Command C 011) / K B05
Motor relay (C MD_1 : C ommand C01 2) / K B06

Switchgear
unit
Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear
unit
Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

A5-6 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A11.101.R01
Close(d) U A04 / Q0
Q8 (DEV03) Open U A05 /

Q8
Close(d) U A06 /
Switchgear
unit

Switchgear
unit

P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-7

A11.101.R02

Q8
Close(d) U A06 /
Switchgear
unit
X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear
unit
X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

A5-8 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A11.101.R03

Q8
Switchgear
unit
Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear
unit
Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-9

A11.108.R01

Q15
Close(d) U A04 / Q0
Close(d) U A06 /
Switchgear
unit
Q0 Close(d) /(X0=X) & (Q15=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

Switchgear
unit

A5-10 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

motor control
A11.109.M03
Q8 (DEV02) Open U A03 K A03 X0 Q15
X0 (DEV03) Open U A05 K A05

Q8
Q15 (DEV04) Open U B01 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Motor relay (SIG_1: S ignal S0 12 EXT) U B06 /
Shunt winding (C MD_1: Command C 011) / K B05

Switchgear
unit
Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0) & (Q15=0)

Switchgear
unit
Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0) & (Q15=0)

P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-11

A11.109.R01
X0 (DEV02) Open U A03 / X0 Q15
Close(d) U A04 / Q0

Q8
Close(d) U A06 /
Q15 (DEV07) Open U C01 /
Close(d) U C02 /
Switchgear
unit

Switchgear
unit

A5-12 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A11.109.R03
X0 (DEV02) Open U A03 K A03 X0 Q15

Q8
Close(d) U B02 /
Switchgear
unit
Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0) & (Q15=0)

Switchgear
unit
Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0) & (Q15=0)

P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-13

A11.132.R01

X0
X0 (DEV02) Open U A03 /
Q0
Close(d) U A04 /
Q8 (DEV03) Open U A05 / Q8
Close(d) U A06 / Q52
Close(d) U B04 /
Switchgear
unit

Switchgear
unit

A5-14 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A11.134.R02.1
Q0
Close(d) U A04 /
Q81
Q1 (DEV03) Open U A05 K A05 Q1
Q82
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /
Switchgear
unit
Q0 Close(d) /(X0=X) & /(Q1=X) & (Q82=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Close(d) /(X0=X) & /(Q1=X) & (Q82=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)

P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-15

A11.135.R02.1

Q15
Q0
Close(d) U A04 /
Q81
Q82
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /
Close(d) U B06 /
Switchgear
unit
Q0 Close(d) /(X0=X) & /(Q1=X) & (Q15=0) & (Q82=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Close(d) /(X0=X) & /(Q1=X) & (Q15=0) & (Q82=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)

A5-16 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A5.2.1.14 Bay type No. 7: Feeder bay with switch disconnector, single busbar
A11.200.R01
Close(d) U A04 / Q0
Switchgear
unit

Switchgear
unit

P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-17

A11.200.R02
Switchgear
unit
X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Switchgear
unit
X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
A5-18 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A11.201.R01
Close(d) U A04 / Q0

Q8
Close(d) U A06 /
Switchgear
unit

Switchgear
unit

P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-19

A11.201.R02

Q8
Close(d) U A06 /
Switchgear
unit
X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear
unit
X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

A5-20 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A11.201.R03

Q8
Switchgear
unit
Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear
unit
Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-21

A5.2.1.19 Bay type No. 12: Feeder bay with switch disconnector / fuse unit, single
busbar
A11.400.R01

X0
Q0
Close(d) U A04 /
F
F (SIG_1: Signal S0 11 EXT) U B05 /
Switchgear
unit

Switchgear
unit

A5-22 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

busbar
A11.400.R02

X0
Q0
F
F (S IG_1: Signal S0 11 EXT) U B05 /
Switchgear
unit
X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Switchgear
unit
X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-23

busbar
A11.401.R01

X0
Q0
Close(d) U A04 /
Q8 (DEV03) Open U A05 / F
Q8
Close(d) U A06 /

Switchgear
unit

Switchgear
unit

A5-24 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

busbar
A11.401.R02

X0
Q0
Q8
Close(d) U A06 /

Switchgear
unit
X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear
unit
X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-25

busbar
A11.401.R03

X0
Q0
Q8 (DEV03) Open U A05 K A05 F
Q8

Switchgear
unit
Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear
unit
Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

A5-26 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A5.2.1.24 Bay type No. 17: Feeder bay with other switchgear unit, single busbar
A11.900.R01
X0
Switchgear
unit
―
Switchgear
unit
―
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-27

A5.2.1.25 Bay type No. 504: Feeder bay with other switchgear unit, single busbar
A11.901.R00
Close(d) U A04 /
BB1
Q8 (DEV03) Open U A05 / X0
Close(d) U A06 /
Q8
Switchgear
unit
―
Switchgear
unit
―
A5-28 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A13.104.R01
Close(d) U A04 / Q0
Switchgear
unit
Q0 Close(d) /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Close(d) /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-29

motor control
A13.105.M03

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Close(d) /(Q1=X) & (Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

A5-30 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A13.105.R01
Close(d) U A04 / Q0
Close(d) U A06 /
Switchgear
unit

Switchgear
unit

P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-31

A13.105.R02
Close(d) U A06 /
Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

A5-32 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A13.105.R03
Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-33

A13.106.R03
Q0
Q9
Switchgear
unit
Q0 Close(d) /(Q1=X) & /(Q9=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
A5-34 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

motor control
A13.107.M04
Q0
Q9
Q8
Q8 (DEV04) Open U B01 K B01
Close(d) U B02 K B02
Motor relay (SIG_1: Si gnal S012 EXT) U B06 /
Shunt winding (C MD_1 : C ommand C01 1) / K B05
Motor relay (CMD _1: C ommand C012) / K B06

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q9=0)
Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-35

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q9=0)
Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

A5-36 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A13.107.R01
Q0
Close(d) U A04 /
Q9
Q8
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Switchgear
unit

Switchgear
unit

P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-37

A13.107.R03
Q0
Q9
Q8
Close(d) U B02 /
Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

A5-38 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A13.107.R04
Q0
Q9
Q8

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q9=0)
Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q9=0)
Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-39

A13.111.R03

Q15
Close(d) U B02 /
Switchgear
unit
Q0 Close(d) /(Q1=X) & (Q8=0) & (Q15=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0) & (Q15=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Close(d) /(Q1=X) & (Q8=0) & (Q15=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0) & (Q15=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

A5-40 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A13.200.R01
Q0
Switchgear
unit
―
Switchgear
unit
―
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-41

A5.2.1.38 Bay type No. 27: Feeder bay with switch disconnector, single busbar,
direct motor control
A13.201.M02

Q0

Q8

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Close(d) (Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0)
Switchgear
unit
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0)
A5-42 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A13.201.R01

Q0
Close(d) U A04 /
Q8
Switchgear
unit

Switchgear
unit

P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-43

A13.201.R02

Q0

Q8
Switchgear
unit
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0)
Switchgear
unit
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0)
A5-44 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A5.2.1.41 Bay type No. 30: Feeder bay with switch disconnector, single busbar,
A13.205.M03

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-45

A13.205.R01
Close(d) U A04 / Q0
Close(d) U A06 /
Switchgear
unit

Switchgear
unit

A5-46 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A13.205.R02
Close(d) U A06 /
Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-47

A13.205.R03
Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

A5-48 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

busbar
A13.400.R01

Q0
Switchgear
unit
―
Switchgear
unit
―
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-49

busbar, direct motor control
A13.401.M02

Q0
Close(d) U A04 K A04 F
F (SIG_1 : Signal S 011 EXT) U B05 / Q8
Shunt winding (C MD _1 : C ommand C01 1) / K B05
Motor relay (CMD_1: C ommand C012) / K B06

Switchgear
unit
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0)
Switchgear
unit
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0)
A5-50 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

busbar
A13.401.R01

Q0
Close(d) U A04 / F
Switchgear
unit

Switchgear
unit

P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-51

busbar
A13.401.R02

Q0
Switchgear
unit
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0)
Switchgear
unit
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0)
A5-52 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A13.405.M03
Q0
F
Q8
F (SIG_1 : Signal S 011 EXT) U B05 /

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-53

busbar
A13.405.R01
Q0
Close(d) U A04 /
F
Q8
Close(d) U A06 /

Switchgear
unit

Switchgear
unit

A5-54 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

busbar
A13.405.R02
Q0
F
Q8
Close(d) U A06 /

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-55

busbar
A13.405.R03
Q0
F
Q8

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

A5-56 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A5.2.1.53 Bay type No. 503: Feeder bay with switch disconnector / fuse unit,
single busbar
A13.432.R02

Q0
Switchgear
unit
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0)
Switchgear
unit
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0)
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-57

single busbar
A13.433.R02

Q0 Q15
Close(d) U A06 /

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Close(d) (Q8=0) & (Q15=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0)
Switchgear
unit
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0)
A5-58 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

motor control
A15.105.M02

Q1

Q8
Close(d) U A06 /
Motor relay (SIG_1: Signal S0 12 EXT) U B06 /
Shunt winding (CMD_1: Command C 011) / K B05
Motor relay (C MD _1 : Command C0 12) / K B06

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Close(d) /(Q1=X) & (Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-59

motor control
A15.105.M03

Q1

Q8
Motor relay (C MD_1 : Command C0 12) / K B06

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Open (Q0=I)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

A5-60 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Open (Q0=I)

P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-61

A15.105.R01

Q1
Close(d) U A04 /
Q8
Close(d) U A06 /
Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q8=0)

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q8=0)

A5-62 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A15.105.R02

Q1

Q8
Close(d) U A06 /
Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-63

A15.105.R03

Q1

Q8
Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Open (Q0=I)

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q8 Open (Q0=I)

A5-64 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A5.2.1.60 Bay type No. 45: Feeder bay with circuit breaker, double busbar, direct
motor control
A21.104.M04

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2
Close(d) U A04 K A04 X0
Q0
X0 (DEV04) Open U B01 K B01
Motor relay (SIG_1: Signal S012 EXT) U B06 /
Shunt winding (CMD _1: Command C011) / K B05
Motor relay (CMD_1: C ommand C0 12) / K B06

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Close(d) /(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) & /(X0=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-65

Switchgear
unit
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

A5-66 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A5.2.1.61 Bay type No. 46: Feeder bay with circuit breaker, double busbar
A21.104.R01

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2
Close(d) U A04 / X0
Q0
Close(d) U A06 /
X0 (DEV04) Open U B01 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Switchgear
unit
Switchgear
unit
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-67

A21.104.R03

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2
Q0
Close(d) U B02 /
Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Switchgear
unit
A5-68 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A21.104.R04

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2
Q0

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

Switchgear
unit
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-69

motor control
A21.105.M05

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2
Q0
Shunt winding (CM D_1: Command C011) / K B05
Motor relay (CMD_ 1: Command C0 12) / K B06

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)

A5-70 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

Switchgear
unit
Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)

P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-71

A21.105.R01

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2
Close(d) U A04 / X0
Q0
Close(d) U A06 / Q8
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /
Switchgear
unit
Switchgear
unit
A5-72 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A21.105.R03

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2
Q0
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /
Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Switchgear
unit
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-73

A21.105.R04

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2
Q0
Close(d) U B04 /
Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear
unit
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)

A5-74 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A21.105.R05

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2
Q0

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)

P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-75

Switchgear
unit
Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)

A5-76 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A21.125.R02

BB1
BB2
Q15 Q25
Close(d) U A04 K A04 X01 X02
Q01 Q02
Close(d) U A06 / Q8
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /
Close(d) U B06 /
Close(d) U C02 /
Switchgear
unit
Q01 Close(d) /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & (Q15=0) & (Q25=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
Switchgear
unit
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-77

A5.2.1.70 Bay type No. 54: Feeder bay with switch disconnector, double busbar,
A21.204.M04

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2
Q0

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

A5-78 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

Switchgear
unit
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-79

A5.2.1.71 Bay type No. 55: Feeder bay with switch disconnector, double busbar
A21.204.R01

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2
Close(d) U A04 / X0
Q0
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Switchgear
unit
Switchgear
unit
A5-80 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A21.204.R03

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2
Q0
Close(d) U B02 /
Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Switchgear
unit
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-81

A21.204.R04

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2
Q0

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

Switchgear
unit
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

A5-82 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A21.205.M05

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2
Q0
Shunt winding (C MD_1: Command C011) / K B05
Motor relay (CMD _1: Command C0 12) / K B06

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)

P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-83

Switchgear
unit
Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)

A5-84 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A21.205.R01

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2
Close(d) U A04 / X0
Q0
Close(d) U A06 / Q8
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /
Switchgear
unit
Switchgear
unit
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-85

A21.205.R03

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2
Q0
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /
Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Switchgear
unit
A5-86 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A21.205.R04

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2
Q0
Close(d) U B04 /
Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear
unit
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)

P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-87

A21.205.R05

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2
Q0

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)

A5-88 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

Switchgear
unit
Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)

P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-89

double busbar, direct motor control
A21.404.M04

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2
Q0
F
F (SIG_1: S ignal S011 EXT) U B05 /

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

A5-90 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

Switchgear
unit
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-91

double busbar
A21.404.R01

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2
Close(d) U A04 / X0
Q0
F
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /

Switchgear
unit
Switchgear
unit
A5-92 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

double busbar
A21.404.R03

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2
Q0
F
Close(d) U B02 /

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Switchgear
unit
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-93

double busbar
A21.404.R04

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2
Q0
F

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

Switchgear
unit
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

A5-94 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A21.405.M05

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2
Q0
F
F (SIG_1 : S ignal S011 EXT) U B05 /
Shunt winding (CMD_1: Command C011) / K B05
Motor relay (CM D_1: Command C0 12) / K B06

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)

P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-95

Switchgear
unit
Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)

A5-96 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

double busbar
A21.405.R01

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2
Close(d) U A04 / X0
Q0
F
Close(d) U A06 / Q8
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /

Switchgear
unit
Switchgear
unit
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-97

double busbar
A21.405.R03

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2
Q0
F
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Switchgear
unit
A5-98 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

double busbar
A21.405.R04

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2
Q0
F
Close(d) U B04 /

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)

P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-99

Switchgear
unit
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)

A5-100 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

double busbar
A21.405.R05

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2
Q0
F

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)

P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-101

Switchgear
unit
Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)

A5-102 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A22.101.R02

BB1
BB2
X01 X02
Close(d) U A04 K A04 Q01 Q02

Q8
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /
Switchgear
unit
Q01 Close(d) (Q02=0) & /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
Switchgear
unit
Q01 Close(d) /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-103

A22.101.R04

BB1
BB2
X01 X02

Q8
Close(d) U B04 /
Switchgear
unit
X01 Open (Q01=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0) & (Q8=0)
X02 Open (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)

A5-104 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

Switchgear
unit
X01 Open (Q01=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0) & (Q8=0)
X02 Open (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)

P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-105

A22.101.R05

BB1
BB2
X01 X02

Q8

Switchgear
unit
Q8 Close(d) (X01=0) & (X02=0)
X01 Open (Q01=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0) & (Q8=0)
X02 Open (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)

A5-106 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

Switchgear
unit
Q8 Close(d) (X01=0) & (X02=0)
X01 Open (Q01=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0) & (Q8=0)
X02 Open (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)

P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-107

A22.103.R02

BB1
BB2
X01 X02

Q9
Close(d) U A06 / Q8
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /
Close(d) U B06 /
Switchgear
unit
Q01 Close(d) (Q02=0) & /(Q9=X) & /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
Switchgear
unit
Q01 Close(d) /(Q9=X) & /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
A5-108 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A22.103.R03

BB1
BB2
X01 X02

Q9
Close(d) U A06 / Q8
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B06 /
Switchgear
unit
Q9 Open (Q01=0) & (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0) & (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear
unit
Q9 Open (Q01=0) & (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0) & (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)

P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-109

A22.103.R05

BB1
BB2
X01 X02

Q9
Close(d) U B06 /
Switchgear
unit
Q9 Open (Q01=0) & (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0) & (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)
X01 Open (Q01=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0)
X02 Open (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q02=0)
A5-110 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

Switchgear
unit
Q9 Open (Q01=0) & (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0) & (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)
X01 Open (Q01=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0)
X02 Open (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q02=0)
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-111

A22.103.R06

BB1
BB2
X01 X02

Q9

Switchgear
unit
Q8 Close(d) (Q9=0)
Q9 Open (Q01=0) & (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0) & (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)
X01 Open (Q01=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0)
X02 Open (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q02=0)
A5-112 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

Switchgear
unit
Q8 Close(d) (Q9=0)
Q9 Open (Q01=0) & (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0) & (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)
X01 Open (Q01=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0)
X02 Open (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q02=0)
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-113

A22.201.R02

BB1
BB2
X01 X02

Q8
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /
Switchgear
unit
Switchgear
unit

A5-114 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A22.201.R04

BB1
BB2
X01 X02

Q8
Close(d) U B04 /
Switchgear
unit
X01 Open (Q01=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0) & (Q8=0)
X02 Open (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)

P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-115

Switchgear
unit
X01 Open (Q01=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0) & (Q8=0)
X02 Open (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)

A5-116 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A22.201.R05

BB1
BB2
X01 X02

Q8

Switchgear
unit
Q8 Close(d) (X01=0) & (X02=0)
X01 Open (Q01=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0) & (Q8=0)
X02 Open (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)

P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-117

Switchgear
unit
Q8 Close(d) (X01=0) & (X02=0)
X01 Open (Q01=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0) & (Q8=0)
X02 Open (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)

A5-118 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A22.203.R02

BB1
BB2
X01 X02

Q9
Close(d) U A06 / Q8
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /
Close(d) U B06 /
Switchgear
unit
Switchgear
unit
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-119

A22.203.R03

BB1
BB2
X01 X02

Q9
Close(d) U A06 / Q8
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B06 /
Switchgear
unit
Q9 Open (Q01=0) & (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0) & (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear
unit
Q9 Open (Q01=0) & (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0) & (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)

A5-120 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A22.203.R05

BB1
BB2
X01 X02

Q9
Close(d) U B06 /
Switchgear
unit
Q9 Open (Q01=0) & (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0) & (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)
X01 Open (Q01=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0)
X02 Open (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q02=0)
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-121

Switchgear
unit
Q9 Open (Q01=0) & (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0) & (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)
X01 Open (Q01=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0)
X02 Open (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q02=0)
A5-122 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A22.203.R06

BB1
BB2
X01 X02

Q9

Switchgear
unit
Q8 Close(d) (Q9=0)
Q9 Open (Q01=0) & (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0) & (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)
X01 Open (Q01=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0)
X02 Open (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q02=0)
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-123

Switchgear
unit
Q8 Close(d) (Q9=0)
Q9 Open (Q01=0) & (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0) & (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)
X01 Open (Q01=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0)
X02 Open (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q02=0)
A5-124 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

motor control
A23.104.M03

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2

Q0

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Switchgear
unit

P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-125

A23.104.R01

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2
Close(d) U A04 /
Q0
Close(d) U A06 /
Switchgear
unit

Switchgear
unit

A5-126 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A23.104.R03

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2

Q0
Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Switchgear
unit

P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-127

motor control
A23.105.M04

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2

Q0
Q8

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Close(d) /(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) & (Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

A5-128 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-129

A23.105.R01

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2
Close(d) U A04 /
Q0
Q8
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Switchgear
unit
Switchgear
unit
A5-130 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A23.105.R03

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2

Q0
Q8
Close(d) U B02 /
Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q8=0)
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-131

A23.105.R04

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2

Q0
Q8

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

A5-132 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

motor control
A23.106.M04

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2

Q0

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Close(d) /(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) & /(Q9=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-133

Switchgear
unit
Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
A5-134 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A23.106.R01

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2
Close(d) U A04 /
Q0
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Switchgear
unit
Switchgear
unit
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-135

A23.106.R04

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2

Q0

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Switchgear
unit
Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
A5-136 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

motor control
A23.107.M05

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2

Q0

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q9=0)
Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-137

Switchgear
unit
Q8 Close(d) (Q9=0)
Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

A5-138 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A23.107.R01

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2
Close(d) U A04 /
Q0
Close(d) U A06 / Q8
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /
Switchgear
unit
Switchgear
unit
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-139

A23.107.R04

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2

Q0
Close(d) U B04 /
Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear
unit
Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

A5-140 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A23.107.R05

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2

Q0

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q9=0)
Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-141

Switchgear
unit
Q8 Close(d) (Q9=0)
Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

A5-142 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A23.204.M03

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2

Q0

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Switchgear
unit

P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-143

A23.204.R01

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2
Close(d) U A04 /
Q0
Close(d) U A06 /
Switchgear
unit

Switchgear
unit

A5-144 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A23.204.R03

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2

Q0
Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Switchgear
unit

P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-145

A23.205.M04

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2

Q0
Q8

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

A5-146 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-147

A23.205.R01

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2
Close(d) U A04 /
Q0
Q8
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Switchgear
unit
Switchgear
unit
A5-148 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A23.205.R03

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2

Q0
Q8
Close(d) U B02 /
Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q8=0)
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-149

A23.205.R04

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2

Q0
Q8

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

A5-150 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A23.206.M04

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2

Q0

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-151

Switchgear
unit
Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
A5-152 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A23.206.R01

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2
Close(d) U A04 /
Q0
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Switchgear
unit
Switchgear
unit
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-153

A23.206.R04

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2

Q0

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Switchgear
unit
Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
A5-154 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A23.207.M05

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2

Q0

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q9=0)
Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-155

Switchgear
unit
Q8 Close(d) (Q9=0)
Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

A5-156 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A23.207.R01

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2
Close(d) U A04 /
Q0
Close(d) U A06 / Q8
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /
Switchgear
unit
Switchgear
unit
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-157

A23.207.R04

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2

Q0
Close(d) U B04 /
Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear
unit
Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

A5-158 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A23.207.R05

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2

Q0

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q9=0)
Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-159

Switchgear
unit
Q8 Close(d) (Q9=0)
Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

A5-160 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A23.404.M03

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2

Q0
Motor relay (CMD _1: C ommand C0 12) / K B06

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Switchgear
unit

P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-161

double busbar
A23.404.R01

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2
Close(d) U A04 /
Q0
Close(d) U A06 /

Switchgear
unit

Switchgear
unit

A5-162 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

double busbar
A23.404.R03

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2

Q0

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Switchgear
unit

P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-163

A23.405.M04

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2

Q0
Q8
Shunt winding (CMD_1: Command C011) / K B05
Motor relay (CMD_1: Command C0 12) / K B06

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

A5-164 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-165

double busbar
A23.405.R01

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2
Close(d) U A04 /
Q0
Q8
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /

Switchgear
unit
Switchgear
unit
A5-166 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

double busbar
A23.405.R03

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2

Q0
Q8
Close(d) U B02 /

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q8=0)
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-167

double busbar
A23.405.R04

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2

Q0
Q8

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

A5-168 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

motor control
A25.105.M03.1

BB2
BB1
Q1 Q2

Q8
Close(d) U B02 /
Shunt winding (CMD_1: Command C0 11) / K B05
Motor relay (CMD _1: C omm and C012) / K B06

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Close(d) /(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) & (Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q8=0)

P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-169

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q8=0)
A5-170 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

motor control
A25.105.M03.2

BB2
BB1
Q1 Q2

Q8
Close(d) U B02 /
Motor relay (SIG_1: S ig nal S012 EXT) U B06 /

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q8=0)

P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-171

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q8=0)
A5-172 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

motor control
A25.105.M04.1

BB2
BB1
Q1 Q2

Q8
Shunt winding (CMD_1: Command C0 11) / K B05
Motor relay (CMD _1: C omm and C012) / K B06

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Open (Q0=I) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-173

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q8 Open (Q0=I) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
A5-174 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

motor control
A25.105.M04.2

BB2
BB1
Q1 Q2

Q8

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Open (Q0=I) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & (FctBl2=I)
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-175

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q8 Open (Q0=I) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
A5-176 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A25.105.R01.1

BB2
BB1
Q1 Q2
Close(d) U A04 /
Q8
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q8=0)
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-177

A25.105.R01.2

BB2
BB1
Q1 Q2
Close(d) U A04 /
Q8
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q8=0)
A5-178 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A25.105.R03.1

BB2
BB1
Q1 Q2

Q8
Close(d) U B02 /
Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q8=0)
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-179

A25.105.R03.2

BB2
BB1
Q1 Q2

Q8
Close(d) U B02 /
Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q8=0)
A5-180 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A25.105.R04.1

BB2
BB1
Q1 Q2

Q8

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Open (Q0=I) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-181

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q8 Open (Q0=I) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
A5-182 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A25.105.R04.2

BB2
BB1
Q1 Q2

Q8

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Open (Q0=I) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-183

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q8 Open (Q0=I) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
A5-184 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A25.128.R01

BB2
BB1
Q1 Q2
Close(d) U A04 /
Q81 Q82
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /
Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)
Close(d) /(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-185

A25.128.R05

BB2
BB1
Q1 Q2

Q81 Q82

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)
Q81 Open (Q0=I) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Q82 Open (Q0=I) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
A5-186 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)
Q1 Close(d) (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)
Q81 Open (Q0=I) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Q82 Open (Q0=I) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-187

A5.2.2 Bus Sectionalizer Bays
A5.2.2.1 Bay type No. 133: Bus sectionalizer bay with circuit breaker, single
busbar
L11.100.R01

BSa BSb

X01
Close(d) U A04 /
Q0
Switchgear
unit

Switchgear
unit

A5-188 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

busbar
L11.100.R01.2

BSa BSb

X01
Close(d) U A04 /
Q0
Switchgear
unit

Switchgear
unit

P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-189

busbar
L11.100.R02

BSa BSb

X01

Q0
Switchgear
unit
X01 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Switchgear
unit
X01 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
A5-190 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

busbar
L11.102.R01

BSa BSb

X0
Q15
Close(d) U A04 /
Q0
Close(d) U A06 /
Switchgear
unit

Switchgear
unit

P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-191

busbar
L11.102.R01.2

BSa BSb

X0
Q15
Close(d) U A04 /
Q0
Close(d) U A06 /
Switchgear
unit

Switchgear
unit

A5-192 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

busbar
L11.104.R01

BSa BSb
X01 (DEV02) Open U A03 / X01
Close(d) U A04 / Q0

Q8
Close(d) U A06 /
Switchgear
unit

Switchgear
unit

P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-193

busbar
L11.104.R02

BSa BSb

Q8
Close(d) U A06 /
Switchgear
unit
X01 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear
unit
X01 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

A5-194 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

busbar
L11.104.R03

BSa BSb

Q8
Switchgear
unit
Q8 Close(d) (X01=0) & (Q8=I)
X01 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear
unit
Q8 Close(d) (X01=0)
X01 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-195

L11.112.M04

BSa BSb

Q15 Q16
X0
Q0
Motor relay (SIG_1 : Si gnal S012 EXT) U B06 /
Shunt winding (C MD_1 : C om mand C01 1) / K B05
Motor relay (CMD_1: C ommand C 012) / K B06

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Close(d) /(X0=X) & (Q15=0) & (Q16=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
Q15 Close(d) (Q15=I)
X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)

Switchgear
unit
X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)

A5-196 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

busbar
L11.112.R01.2

BSa BSb

X01
Q15 Q16
Close(d) U A04 /
Q0
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Switchgear
unit
Switchgear
unit

P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-197

busbar
L11.116.R01

BSa BSb

X01 X02
Close(d) U A04 /
Q0
Close(d) U A06 /
Switchgear
unit

Switchgear
unit

A5-198 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

busbar
L11.116.R01.2

BSa BSb

X01 X02
Close(d) U A04 /
Q0
Close(d) U A06 /
Switchgear
unit

Switchgear
unit

P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-199

busbar
L11.116.R03

BSa BSb

X01 X02

Q0
Switchgear
unit
X01 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
X02 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Switchgear
unit
X01 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
X02 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
A5-200 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

L11.120.M03

BSa BSb
Q8 (DEV02) Open U A03 K A03 X01 X02

Q8
Close(d) U B02 /
Motor relay (SIG_1 : S ig nal S012 EXT) U B06 /
Shunt winding (C MD_1 : C om mand C01 1) / K B05
Motor relay (CM D_1: Command C 012) / K B06

Switchgear
unit
Q8 Close(d) (X01=0) & (X02=0)
X01 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear
unit
Q8 Close(d) (X01=0) & (X02=0)
X01 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-201

L11.120.M03.2

BSa BSb
Q8 (DEV02) Open U A03 K A03 X02 X01

Q8
Close(d) U B02 /
Shunt winding (CMD _1: C ommand C 011) / K B05
Motor relay (C MD _1: C ommand C0 12) / K B06

Switchgear
unit
Q8 Close(d) (X01=0) & (X02=0)
X01 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear
unit
Q8 Close(d) (X01=0) & (X02=0)
X01 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

A5-202 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

busbar
L11.120.R01

BSa BSb
X01 (DEV02) Open U A03 / X01 X02
Close(d) U A04 / Q0

Q8
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Switchgear
unit

Switchgear
unit

P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-203

busbar
L11.120.R03

BSa BSb
X01 (DEV02) Open U A03 K A03 X01 X02

Q8
Close(d) U B02 /
Switchgear
unit
X01 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
X02 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear
unit
X01 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
X02 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

A5-204 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

busbar
L11.120.R03

BSa BSb
X01 (DEV02) Open U A03 K A03 X01 X02

Q8
Close(d) U A06 /

Switchgear
unit
Q8 Close(d) (X01=0) & (X02=0)
X01 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear
unit
Q8 Close(d) (X01=0) & (X02=0)
X01 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-205

busbar
L11.120.R04

BSa BSb
X01 (DEV02) Open U A03 K A03 X01 X02

Q8

Switchgear
unit
Q8 Close(d) (X01=0) & (X02=0)
X01 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
X02 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear
unit
Q8 Close(d) (X01=0) & (X02=0)
X01 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
X02 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

A5-206 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

busbar
L11.128.R01

BSa BSb
X01 (DEV02) Open U A03 / X01 X02
Close(d) U A04 / Q0

Q81 Q82
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /
Switchgear
unit

Switchgear
unit

P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-207

L13.113.M03

BSa BSb

Q11 Q12
Q12 (DEV03) Open U A05 K A05 Q81 Q82
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Close(d) /(Q11=X) & /(Q12=X) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)

A5-208 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

Switchgear
unit
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)

P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-209

L13.113.M05

BSa BSb

Q11 Q12
Q12 (DEV03) Open U A05 K A05 Q81 Q82

Switchgear
unit
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)
Q81 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=0)
Q82 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=0)

A5-210 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

Switchgear
unit
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)
Q81 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=0)
Q82 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=0)

P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-211

busbar
L13.113.R01

BSa BSb

Q11 Q12
Close(d) U A04 / Q0
Q12 (DEV03) Open U A05 / Q81 Q82
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /
Switchgear
unit
Switchgear
unit
A5-212 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

busbar
L13.113.R03

BSa BSb

Q11 Q12
Q12 (DEV03) Open U A05 K A05 Q81 Q82
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /
Switchgear
unit
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)

Switchgear
unit
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)

P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-213

busbar
L13.113.R03.2

BSa BSb

Q11 Q12
Q12 (DEV03) Open U A05 / Q81 Q82
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B04 /
Switchgear
unit
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)
Q81 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=0)

Switchgear
unit
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)
Q81 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=0)

A5-214 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

busbar
L13.113.R05

BSa BSb

Q11 Q12
Q12 (DEV03) Open U A05 K A05 Q81 Q82

Switchgear
unit
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)
Q81 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=0)
Q82 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=0)

P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-215

Switchgear
unit
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)
Q81 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=0)
Q82 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=0)

A5-216 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A5.2.2.27 Bay type No. 148: Bus sectionalizer bay with switch disconnector, single
busbar
L13.200.R01

BSa BSb
Q0
Switchgear
unit
―
Switchgear
unit
―
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-217

busbar
L13.202.R01

BSa BSb

Q15
Close(d) U A04 /
Q0
Q16
Close(d) U A06 /
Switchgear
unit

Switchgear
unit

A5-218 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

busbar
L13.202.R03

BSa BSb

Q15
Q0
Q16
Switchgear
unit
Q15 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=I)
Q16 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q16=I)

Switchgear
unit
Q15 Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q16 Close(d) (Q0=0)

P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-219

L15.113.M03

BSa BSb

Q11 Q12
Q15 Q16
Q0
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q16=0)

A5-220 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q16=0)

P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-221

L15.113.M05

BSa BSb

Q11 Q12
Q15 Q16
Q0

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q16=0)
Q15 Open (Q0=I) & (Q12=I)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=I) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) & (Q15=I)
Q16 Open (Q0=I) & (Q11=I)
A5-222 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q16=0)
Q15 Open (Q0=I) & (Q12=I)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=I) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
Q16 Open (Q0=I) & (Q11=I)
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-223

busbar
L15.113.R01

BSa BSb

Q11 Q12
Close(d) U A04 /
Q15 Q16
Q0
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /
Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)
Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)
A5-224 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

busbar
L15.113.R03

BSa BSb

Q11 Q12
Q15 Q16
Q0
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /
Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q16=0)

P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-225

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q16=0)

A5-226 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

busbar
L15.113.R05

BSa BSb

Q11 Q12
Q15 Q16
Q0

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q16=0)
Q15 Open (Q0=I) & (Q12=I)
Q16 Open (Q0=I) & (Q11=I)
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-227

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q16=0)
Q15 Open (Q0=I) & (Q12=I)
Q16 Open (Q0=I) & (Q11=I)
A5-228 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A5.2.2.35 Bay type No. 154: Bus sectionalizer bay with circuit breaker, double
L21.101.M04.1

BSa BSb
BB1
Q11 (DEV02) Open U A03 K A03 BB2
Q11 Q12
X0
Shunt winding (CMD _1: C ommand C 01 1) / K B05

Switchgear
unit
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=0)

P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-229

Switchgear
unit
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=0)

A5-230 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

L21.101.M04.2

BSa BSb
BB1
Q21 Q22
X0

Switchgear
unit
Q21 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q22 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q21=0) & (Q22=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q21=0) & (Q22=0)

P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-231

Switchgear
unit
Q21 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q22 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q21=0) & (Q22=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q21=0) & (Q22=0)

A5-232 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

busbar
L21.101.R01.1

BSa BSb
BB1
Q11 (DEV02) Open U A03 / BB2
Q11 Q12
Close(d) U A04 /
X0
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Switchgear
unit
Switchgear
unit
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-233

busbar
L21.101.R01.2

BSa BSb
BB1
Q21 Q22
Close(d) U A04 /
X0
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Switchgear
unit
Switchgear
unit
A5-234 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

busbar
L21.101.R03.1

BSa BSb
BB1
Q11 Q12
X0
Close(d) U B02 /
Switchgear
unit
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Switchgear
unit
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-235

busbar
L21.101.R03.2

BSa BSb
BB1
Q21 Q22
X0
Close(d) U B02 /
Switchgear
unit
Q21 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q22 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Switchgear
unit
Q21 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q22 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
A5-236 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

busbar
L21.101.R04.1

BSa BSb
BB1
Q11 Q12
X0

Switchgear
unit
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=0)

P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-237

Switchgear
unit
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=0)

A5-238 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

busbar
L21.101.R04.2

BSa BSb
BB1
Q21 Q22
X0

Switchgear
unit
Q21 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q22 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q21=0) & (Q22=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q21=0) & (Q22=0)

P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-239

Switchgear
unit
Q21 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q22 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q21=0) & (Q22=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q21=0) & (Q22=0)

A5-240 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

busbar
L21.109.R03.1

BSa BSb
BB1
Q11 Q12
X0
Q12 (DEV03) Open U A05 K A05 Q0 Q8
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /
Switchgear
unit
Q0 Close(d) /(Q11=X) & /(Q12=X) & /(X0=X) & (Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear
unit
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-241

busbar
L21.109.R03.2

BSa BSb
BB1
Q21 Q22
X0
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /
Switchgear
unit
Q21 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q22 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear
unit
Q21 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q22 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

A5-242 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

busbar
L23.101.R02

BSa BSb
BB1
Q11 Q21
Q12 Q22
Q11 (DEV03) Open U A05 / Q01 Q02
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /
Close(d) U B06 /
Switchgear
unit

Switchgear
unit

P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-243

busbar
L23.101.R06

BSa BSb
BB1
Q11 Q21
Q12 Q22
Q11 (DEV03) Open U A05 K A05 Q01 Q02

Switchgear
unit
Q11 Open (Q01=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0)
Q12 Open (Q01=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0)
Q21 Open (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q02=0)
Q22 Open (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q02=0)
A5-244 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

Switchgear
unit
Q11 Open (Q01=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0)
Q12 Open (Q01=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0)
Q21 Open (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q02=0)
Q22 Open (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q02=0)
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-245

A5.2.2.47 Bay type No. 554: Bus sectionalizer bay with other switchgear unit,
L23.901.M01.1

BSa BSb
BB1
Motor relay (SIG_1: Si gnal S0 12 EXT) U B06 / BB2
Shunt winding (CMD_1: Command C 011) / K B05 Q11
Motor relay (C MD _ 1: Command C0 12) / K B06
Switchgear
unit
―
Switchgear
unit
―
A5-246 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

L23.901.M01.2

BSa BSb
BB1
Motor relay (SIG_1: Si gnal S0 12 EXT) U B06 / BB2
Shunt winding (CMD_1: Command C 011) / K B05 Q21
Motor relay (C MD _1: Command C0 12) / K B06
Switchgear
unit
―
Switchgear
unit
―
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-247

double busbar
L23.901.R02

BSa BSb
BB1
Switchgear
unit
Q11 Open (Q11=0)
Close(d) (Q11=I)
Q21 Open (Q21=0)
Close(d) (Q21=I)
Switchgear
unit
―
A5-248 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

L23.903.M01.3

BB1
BB2 Q12
Q15 Q25
Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /
Shunt winding (CMD _1: Command C 01 1) / K B05
Motor relay (C MD_1 : C om mand C01 2) / K B06

Switchgear
unit
Q12 Open (Q12=0)
Close(d) (Q12=I)
Switchgear
unit
―
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-249

L23.903.M01.4

BB1
BB2
Q15 (DEV02) Open U A03 / Q21
Q15 Q25
Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /
Shunt winding (CMD _1: C ommand C011) / K B05
Motor relay (CMD_1: Command C0 12) / K B06

Switchgear
unit
Q21 Open (Q21=0)
Close(d) (Q21=I)
Switchgear
unit
―
A5-250 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

L23.903.M02

Q11
BB1
Q21
Q16 Q26
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Motor relay (C MD _1 : C om mand C01 2) / K B06

Switchgear
unit
Q11 Open (Q11=0)
Close(d) (Q11=I)
Q21 Open (Q21=0)
Close(d) (Q21=I)
Switchgear
unit
―
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-251

L25.113.M03.1

BSa BSb
BB1
Q11 Q12
Q15 Q16
Q0
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q16=0)

A5-252 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q16=0)

P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-253

L25.113.M03.2

BSa BSb
BB1
Q21 Q22
Q25 Q26
Q0
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q25=0) & (Q26=0)
Q21 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q25=0)
Q22 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q26=0)

A5-254 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q25=0) & (Q26=0)
Q21 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q25=0)
Q22 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q26=0)

P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-255

L25.113.M05.1

BSa BSb
BB1
Q11 Q12
Q15 Q16
Q0

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q16=0)
Q15 Open (Q0=I) & (Q12=I)
Q16 Open (Q0=I) & (Q11=I)
A5-256 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q16=0)
Q15 Open (Q0=I) & (Q12=I)
Q16 Open (Q0=I) & (Q11=I)
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-257

L25.113.M05.2

BSa BSb
BB1
Q21 Q22
Q25 Q26
Q0

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q25=0) & (Q26=0)
Q21 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q25=0)
Q22 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q26=0)
Q25 Open (Q0=I) & (Q22=I)
Q26 Open (Q0=I) & (Q21=I)
A5-258 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q25=0) & (Q26=0)
Q21 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q25=0)
Q22 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q26=0)
Q25 Open (Q0=I) & (Q22=I)
Q26 Open (Q0=I) & (Q21=I)
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-259

busbar
L25.113.R01.1

BSa BSb
BB1
Q11 Q12
Close(d) U A04 /
Q15 Q16
Q0
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /
Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)
Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)
A5-260 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

busbar
L25.113.R01.2

BSa BSb
BB1
Q21 Q22
Close(d) U A04 /
Q25 Q26
Q0
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /
Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q25=0) & (Q26=0)
Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q25=0) & (Q26=0)
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-261

busbar
L25.113.R03.1

BSa BSb
BB1
Q11 Q12
Q15 Q16
Q0
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /
Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q16=0)

A5-262 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q16=0)

P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-263

busbar
L25.113.R03.2

BSa BSb
BB1
Q21 Q22
Q25 Q26
Q0
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /
Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q25=0) & (Q26=0)
Q21 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q25=0)
Q22 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q26=0)

A5-264 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q25=0) & (Q26=0)
Q21 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q25=0)
Q22 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q26=0)

P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-265

busbar
L25.113.R05.1

BSa BSb
BB1
Q11 Q12
Q15 Q16
Q0

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q16=0)
Q15 Open (Q0=I) & (Q12=I)
Q16 Open (Q0=I) & (Q11=I)
A5-266 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q16=0)
Q15 Open (Q0=I) & (Q12=I)
Q16 Open (Q0=I) & (Q11=I)
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-267

busbar
L25.113.R05.2

BSa BSb
BB1
Q21 Q22
Q25 Q26
Q0

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q25=0) & (Q26=0)
Q21 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q25=0)
Q22 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q26=0)
Q25 Open (Q0=I) & (Q22=I)
Q26 Open (Q0=I) & (Q21=I)
A5-268 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q25=0) & (Q26=0)
Q21 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q25=0)
Q22 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q26=0)
Q25 Open (Q0=I) & (Q22=I)
Q26 Open (Q0=I) & (Q21=I)
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-269

A5.2.3 Bus Coupler Bays
A5.2.3.1 Bay type No. 505: Bus coupler bay with circuit breaker, double busbar
Q21.100.R01

BB1
BB2
X0
Close(d) U A04 /
Q0
Switchgear
unit

Switchgear
unit

A5-270 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A5.2.3.2 Bay type No. 197: Bus coupler bay with circuit breaker, double busbar,
Q21.101.M04

BB1
BB2
Q10 Q20
Q0

Switchgear
unit
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q10=0) & (Q20=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q10=0) & (Q20=0)

P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-271

Switchgear
unit
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q10=0) & (Q20=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q10=0) & (Q20=0)

A5-272 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

Q21.101.R01

BB1
BB2
Q10 Q20
Close(d) U A04 / X0
Q0
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Switchgear
unit
Switchgear
unit
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-273

Q21.101.R03

BB1
BB2
Q10 Q20
Q0
Close(d) U B02 /
Switchgear
unit
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Switchgear
unit
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
A5-274 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

Q21.101.R04

BB1
BB2
Q10 Q20
Q0

Switchgear
unit
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q10=0) & (Q20=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q10=0) & (Q20=0)

P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-275

Switchgear
unit
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q10=0) & (Q20=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q10=0) & (Q20=0)

A5-276 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

Q21.112.M04

BB1
BB2
Q15 Q25
Q0

Switchgear
unit
X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Switchgear
unit
X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-277

Q21.112.M04.2

BB1
BB2
Q15 Q25
Q0
Shunt winding (CMD _1: C ommand C 011) / K B05
Motor relay (C MD_1: C ommand C0 12) / K B06

Switchgear
unit
X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Switchgear
unit
X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
A5-278 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

Q21.117.R01

BB1
BB2
Q10 Q11
Close(d) U A04 / Q20 Q21

X0
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /
Close(d) U B06 /
Switchgear
unit
Switchgear
unit
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-279

Q21.117.R05

BB1
BB2
Q10 Q11

X0
Close(d) U B06 /
Switchgear
unit
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
A5-280 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

Switchgear
unit
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-281

Q21.117.R06

BB1
BB2
Q10 Q11

X0

Switchgear
unit
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q10=0) & (Q20=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q10=0) & (Q20=0)

A5-282 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

Switchgear
unit
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q10=0) & (Q20=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q10=0) & (Q20=0)

P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-283

Q21.132.R01

BB1
BB2
X0 Q15

Q0
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Switchgear
unit

Switchgear
unit

A5-284 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

Q21.133.R01

BB1
BB2
X01 X02
Close(d) U A04 /
Q0
Close(d) U A06 /
Switchgear
unit

Switchgear
unit

P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-285

Q23.101.M03

BB1
BB2
Q10 Q20

Q0

Switchgear
unit
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Switchgear
unit
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
A5-286 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

Q23.101.R01

BB1
BB2
Q10 Q20
Close(d) U A04 /
Q0
Close(d) U A06 /
Switchgear
unit

Switchgear
unit

P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-287

Q23.101.R03

BB1
BB2
Q10 Q20

Q0
Switchgear
unit
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Switchgear
unit
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
A5-288 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

Q23.117.R01

BB1
BB2
Q10 Q11
Close(d) U A04 / Q20 Q21
Q0
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /
Switchgear
unit

Switchgear
unit

P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-289

Q23.117.R05

BB1
BB2
Q10 Q11
Q0

Switchgear
unit
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Switchgear
unit
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
A5-290 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

Q25.105.M03

BB2
BB1
Q10 Q20

Q8
Close(d) U B02 /

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-291

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

A5-292 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

Q25.105.M04

BB2
BB1
Q10 Q20

Q8

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Open (Q0=I) & (Q20=I)
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-293

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Open (Q0=I) & (Q20=I)
A5-294 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

Q25.105.R01

BB2
BB1
Q10 Q20
Close(d) U A04 /
Q8
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q8=0)
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-295

Q25.105.R03

BB2
BB1
Q10 Q20

Q8
Close(d) U B02 /
Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

A5-296 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

Q25.105.R04

BB2
BB1
Q10 Q20

Q8

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Open (Q0=I) & (Q20=I)
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-297

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Open (Q0=I) & (Q20=I)
A5-298 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

Q25.109.M03

BB2
BB1
Q10 Q20

Q8
Close(d) U B02 /

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-299

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

A5-300 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

Q25.109.M04

BB2
BB1
Q10 Q20

Q8

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Open (Q0=I) & (Q10=I)
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-301

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Open (Q0=I) & (Q10=I)
A5-302 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

Q25.109.R01

BB2
BB1
Q10 Q20
Close(d) U A04 /
Q8
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q8=0)
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-303

Q25.109.R03

BB2
BB1
Q10 Q20

Q8
Close(d) U B02 /
Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

A5-304 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

Q25.109.R04

BB2
BB1
Q10 Q20

Q8

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Open (Q0=I) & (Q10=I)
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-305

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Open (Q0=I) & (Q10=I)
A5-306 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

Q25.113.M03

BB2
BB1
Q10 Q20

Q15 Q25
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /
Motor relay (SIG_1: Sig nal S012 EXT) U B06 /
Motor relay (CMD _1: Command C012) / K B06

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q25=0)
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q25=0)

P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-307

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q25=0)
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q25=0)

A5-308 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

Q25.113.M05

BB2
BB1
Q10 Q20

Q15 Q25
Motor relay (SIG_1: Sig nal S012 EXT) U B06 /
Motor relay (CMD _1: Command C012) / K B06

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q25=0)
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)
Q15 Open (Q0=I) & (Q20=I)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q25=0)
Q25 Open (Q0=I) & (Q10=I)
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-309

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q25=0)
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)
Q15 Open (Q0=I) & (Q20=I)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q25=0)
Q25 Open (Q0=I) & (Q10=I)
A5-310 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

Q25.113.R01

BB2
BB1
Q10 Q20
Close(d) U A04 /
Q15 Q25
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /
Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q25=0)
Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q25=0)
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-311

Q25.113.R03

BB2
BB1
Q10 Q20

Q15 Q25
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /
Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q25=0)
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q25=0)

A5-312 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q25=0)
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q25=0)

P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-313

Q25.113.R05

BB2
BB1
Q10 Q20

Q15 Q25

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q25=0)
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)
Q15 Open (Q0=I) & (Q20=I)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q25=0)
Q25 Open (Q0=I) & (Q10=I)
A5-314 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q25=0)
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)
Q15 Open (Q0=I) & (Q20=I)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q25=0)
Q25 Open (Q0=I) & (Q10=I)
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-315

A5.2.4 Bus Coupler and Sectionalizer Bays
A5.2.4.1 Bay type No. 218: Bus coupler and sectionalizer bay with circuit
breaker, double busbar
K29.101.R02

BB1
BB2
Q1
Q2
X0 Q10
Q20
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /
Close(d) U B06 /
Close(d) U C02 /
Close(d) U C04 /
Switchgear
unit
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q20=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q10=0)

A5-316 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

Switchgear
unit
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q20=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q10=0)

P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-317

A5.2.4.2 Bay type No. 219: Bus coupler and sectionalizer bay with circuit
breaker, double busbar
K29.101.R06

BB1
BB2
Q1
Q2
X0 Q10
Q20
Close(d) U C02 /
Close(d) U C04 /
A5-318 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Close(d) /(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) & /(X0=X) & /(Q10=X) & /(Q20=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /
(FctBl2=I)
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q11 Open (Q0=I) & (Q1=I) & (Q10=I) & (X0=I)
Close(d) (Q0=I) & (Q1=I) & (Q10=I) & (X0=I)
Q2 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Q21 Open (Q0=I) & (Q2=I) & (Q20=I) & (X0=I)
Close(d) (Q0=I) & (Q2=I) & (Q20=I) & (X0=I)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q10=0) & (Q20=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q10=0) & (Q20=0)
Switchgear
unit
Q0 Close(d) /(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) & /(X0=X) & /(Q10=X) & /(Q20=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /
(FctBl2=I)
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q11 Open (Q0=I) & (Q1=I) & (Q10=I) & (X0=I)
Close(d) (Q0=I) & (Q1=I) & (Q10=I) & (X0=I)
Q2 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Q21 Open (Q0=I) & (Q2=I) & (Q20=I) & (X0=I)
Close(d) (Q0=I) & (Q2=I) & (Q20=I) & (X0=I)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q10=0) & (Q20=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q10=0) & (Q20=0)
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-319

A5.2.5 Busbar Measurement Bays
A5.2.5.1 Bay type No. 171: Busbar measurement bay with fuse unit, single
busbar
M11.300.R00
Close(d) U A02 /
F (SIG_1: Signal S0 11 EXT) U B05 / X0
Switchgear
unit
―
Switchgear
unit
―
A5-320 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

busbar
M11.300.R01
F (S IG_1: Signal S0 11 EXT) U B05 / X0
Switchgear
unit
―
Switchgear
unit
―
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-321

busbar
M11.304.R02

Q15
F
Switchgear
unit

Switchgear
unit
―
A5-322 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A5.2.5.4 Bay type No. 173: Busbar measurement bay with other switchgear unit,
single busbar
M11.900.R00
Close(d) U A02 /
X0
Switchgear
unit
―
Switchgear
unit
―
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-323

single busbar
M11.900.R01
X0
Switchgear
unit
―
Switchgear
unit
―
A5-324 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

M13.312.M02
F
Motor relay (C MD _1 : C ommand C01 2) / K B06

Switchgear
unit

Switchgear
unit
―
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-325

busbar
M13.312.R01
Q15 (DEV02) Open U A03 / Q1 Q15
F
Close(d) U A04 /
Switchgear
unit
―
Switchgear
unit
―
A5-326 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

busbar
M13.312.R02
F
Switchgear
unit

Switchgear
unit
―
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-327

single busbar
M13.902.R00
Close(d) U A02 /
BB1
Q1
Switchgear
unit
―
Switchgear
unit
―
A5-328 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

single busbar, direct motor control
M15.903.M01

Q1
Close(d) U A04 /
Q8
Motor relay (SIG_1: Sig nal S01 2 EX T) U B06 /
Shunt winding (C MD _1: C ommand C0 1 1) / K B05
Motor relay (CM D_1: Command C012) / K B06

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Switchgear
unit
Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-329

M15.903.M02

Q1

Q8
Motor relay (SIG_1: Sig nal S01 2 EX T) U B06 /
Shunt winding (C MD _1: C ommand C0 11) / K B05
Motor relay (CMD_1: Command C012) / K B06

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q1=0)
Switchgear
unit
Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q1=0)
A5-330 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

single busbar
M15.903.R01

Q1
Close(d) U A04 /
Q8
Switchgear
unit
Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Switchgear
unit
Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-331

single busbar
M15.903.R02

Q1

Q8
Switchgear
unit
Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q1=0)
Switchgear
unit
Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q1=0)
A5-332 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A5.2.5.14 Bay type No. 180: Busbar measurement bay with fuse unit, double
busbar
M21.302.R02

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2
F1 F2
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
F1 (S IG_1: Sign al S01 1 EX T) U B05 /
F2 (S IG_1: Signal S01 2 EX T) U B06 /

Switchgear
unit
―
Switchgear
unit
―
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-333

busbar
M21.302.R04

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2
F1 F2
F1 (SIG_1: Signal S01 1 EX T) U B05 /

Switchgear
unit
X01 Open (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q1=0)
X02 Open (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q2=0)
Switchgear
unit
X01 Open (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q1=0)
X02 Open (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q2=0)
A5-334 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

busbar
M21.312.R02

BB1
BB2
Q15 Q25
X01 X02
X01 (DEV03) Open U A05 / F1 F2
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
F1 (SIG_1: Signal S 01 1 EXT) U B05 /
F2 (S IG_1: Sign al S01 2 EXT) U B06 /

Switchgear
unit

Switchgear
unit
―
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-335

busbar
M21.312.R04

BB1
BB2
Q15 Q25
X01 X02
X01 (DEV03) Open U A05 K A05 F1 F2
F1 (SIG_1: Signal S 01 1 EXT) U B05 /
F2 (SIG_1: Signal S01 2 EXT) U B06 /

Switchgear
unit

Switchgear
unit
―
A5-336 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

double busbar
M21.902.R02

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Switchgear
unit
―
Switchgear
unit
―
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-337

double busbar
M21.902.R04

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2

Switchgear
unit
X01 Open (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q1=0)
X02 Open (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q2=0)
Switchgear
unit
X01 Open (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q1=0)
X02 Open (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q2=0)
A5-338 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

double busbar
M21.912.R02

BB1
BB2
Q15 Q25
X01 X02
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Switchgear
unit

Switchgear
unit
―
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-339

double busbar
M21.912.R04

BB1
BB2
Q15 Q25
X01 X02

Switchgear
unit

Switchgear
unit
―
A5-340 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

busbar
M23.302.R02

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2
Close(d) U A04 K A04 F1 F2
F1 (S IG_1: Sign al S01 1 EX T) U B05 /
F2 (S IG_1: Signal S01 2 EX T) U B06 /
Switchgear
unit
―
Switchgear
unit
―
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-341

busbar
M23.312.R02

BB1
BB2
Q15 Q25
F1 F2
F1 (SIG_1: Signal S 01 1 EX T) U B05 /
Switchgear
unit

Switchgear
unit
―
A5-342 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

M23.328.M04

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2
Q15 (DEV03) Open U A05 K A05 Q15 Q25
F2 (S IG_1: Signal S0 10 EXT) U B04 /

Switchgear
unit

Switchgear
unit
―
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-343

busbar
M23.328.R02

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2
Q15 (DEV03) Open U A05 / Q15 Q25
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /

Switchgear
unit
―
Switchgear
unit
―
A5-344 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

busbar
M23.328.R04

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2
Q15 (DEV03) Open U A05 K A05 Q15 Q25
F1 (S IG_1: Signal S0 11 EXT) U B05 /

Switchgear
unit

Switchgear
unit
―
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-345

double busbar
M23.902.R02

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2
Switchgear
unit
―
Switchgear
unit
―
A5-346 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

double busbar
M23.904.R00
Close(d) U A02 /
BB1
BB2
Q15
Switchgear
unit
―
Switchgear
unit
―
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-347

M23.906.M01

BB1
BB2
Q15 Q1
Close(d) U A04 /

Switchgear
unit
―
Switchgear
unit
―
A5-348 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

M23.906.M02

BB2
BB1
Q1 Q15

Switchgear
unit

Switchgear
unit
―
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-349

double busbar
M23.908.R00
Close(d) U A02 /
BB1
BB2
Q25
Switchgear
unit
―
Switchgear
unit
―
A5-350 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

M23.910.M01

BB1
BB2
Q25 Q2
Close(d) U A04 /

Switchgear
unit
―
Switchgear
unit
―
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-351

M23.910.M02

BB2
BB1
Q2 Q25

Switchgear
unit

Switchgear
unit
―
A5-352 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

double busbar
M23.912.R02

BB1
BB2
Q15 Q25
Switchgear
unit

Switchgear
unit
―
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-353

M25.903.M02

BB2
BB1
Q1 Q2

Q81 Q82
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Motor relay (SIG_1: Sig nal S0 12 EXT) U B06 /
Shunt winding (CMD _1: Command C 011) / K B05

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Close(d) (Q81=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q82=0)
Switchgear
unit
Q1 Close(d) (Q81=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q82=0)
A5-354 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

M25.903.M04

BB2
BB1
Q1 Q2

Q81 Q82
Motor relay (SIG_1: Sig nal S0 12 EXT) U B06 /
Shunt winding (CMD _1: Command C 011) / K B05

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Close(d) (Q81=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q82=0)
Q81 Close(d) (Q1=0)
Q82 Close(d) (Q2=0)

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Close(d) (Q81=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q82=0)
Q81 Close(d) (Q1=0)
Q82 Close(d) (Q2=0)

P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-355

double busbar
M25.903.R02

BB2
BB1
Q1 Q2

Q81 Q82
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Switchgear
unit
Q1 Close(d) (Q81=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q82=0)
Switchgear
unit
Q1 Close(d) (Q81=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q82=0)
A5-356 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

double busbar
M25.903.R04

BB2
BB1
Q1 Q2

Q81 Q82

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Close(d) (Q81=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q82=0)
Q81 Close(d) (Q1=0)
Q82 Close(d) (Q2=0)

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Close(d) (Q81=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q82=0)
Q81 Close(d) (Q1=0)
Q82 Close(d) (Q2=0)

P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-357

A5.2.6 Busbar Grounding Bays
A5.2.6.1 Bay type No. 129: Busbar grounding bay with other switchgear unit,
E13.901.M01

Q15
Motor relay (C MD_1 : Command C0 12) / K B06
Switchgear
unit

Switchgear
unit
―
A5-358 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

single busbar
E13.901.R01
Q15
Switchgear
unit

Switchgear
unit
―
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-359

E23.903.M02

BB2
BB1
Q15 Q25

Switchgear
unit

Switchgear
unit
―
A5-360 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

double busbar
E23.903.R02

BB2
BB1
Q15 Q25
Switchgear
unit

Switchgear
unit
―
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-361

A5.2.7 Other Bay Types
A5.2.7.1 Bay type No. 1: Other bay type with other switchgear unit, without
busbar
X99.901.R00
Switchgear
unit
―
Switchgear
unit
―
A5-362 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

busbar
X99.902.R06.2
S001 (S IG_1: Si gnal S0 01 EXT) U A01 /
S002 (SI G_1: Signal S00 2 EXT) U A02 / I O

1 □ 13 1 □
2 □ 14 2 □
S003 (SI G_1: Signal S00 3 EXT) U A03 / 3 □ 15 3 □
4 □ 16 4 □
5 □ 17 5 □
S004 (S IG_1: Signal S00 4 EXT) U A04 / 6 □ 18 6 □
7 19 7
8 20 8
S005 (S IG_1: Signal S00 5 EXT) U A05 / 9 9
10 10
11 11
S006 (S IG_1: Signal S00 6 EXT) U A06 / 12 12
C001 (CMD_1: C ommand C0 01) / K A01
C002 (CMD_1: C ommand C0 02) / K A02
C003 (CMD_1: C ommand C0 03) / K A03
C004 (CMD_1: C ommand C0 04) / K A04
C005 (CMD_1: C ommand C0 05) / K A05
C006 (CMD_1: C ommand C0 06) / K A06

Switchgear
unit
―
Switchgear
unit
―
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-363

busbar
X99.903.R12.2
S001 (S IG_1: Signal S0 01 EXT) U A01 /

1 □ 13 1 □
2 □ 14 2 □
S003 (SI G_1: Signal S00 3 EXT) U A03 / 3 □ 15 3 □
4 □ 16 4 □
5 □ 17 5 □
S004 (S IG_1: Signal S00 4 EXT) U A04 / 6 □ 18 6 □
7 □ 19 7 □
8 □ 20 8 □
S005 (S IG_1: Signal S00 5 EXT) U A05 / 9 □ 9 □
10 □ 10 □
11 □ 11 □
S007 (S IG_1: Signal S00 7 EXT) U B01 /
C001 (CMD_1: Co mmand C0 01) / K A01
C002 (CMD_1: Co mmand C0 02) / K A02
C003 (CMD_1: Co mmand C0 03) / K A03
C004 (CMD_1: Co mmand C0 04) / K A04
C005 (CMD_1: Co mmand C0 05) / K A05
C006 (CMD_1: Co mmand C0 06) / K A06
C007 (CMD_1: Co mmand C0 07) / K B01
C008 (CMD_1: Co mmand C0 08) / K B02
C009 (CMD_1: Co mmand C0 09) / K B03
C010 (CMD_1: Co mmand C0 10) / K B04
C011 (CMD_1: Co mmand C0 11) / K B05
C012 (CMD_1: Co mmand C0 12) / K B06

A5-364 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

Switchgear
unit
―
Switchgear
unit
―
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-365

busbar
X99.904.R06.2
S002 (S IG_1 : Signal S00 2 EX T) U A02 / I O

1 □ 13 □ 1 □
2 □ 14 □ 2 □
S003 (S IG_1 : Signal S00 3 EX T) U A03 / 3 □ 15 □ 3 □
4 □ 16 □ 4 □
5 □ 17 □ 5 □
S004 (S IG_1 : Signal S00 4 EX T) U A04 / 6 □ 18 □ 6 □
7 19 □ 7
8 20 □ 8
S005 (S IG_1 : Signal S00 5 EX T) U A05 / 9 9
10 10
11 11
S006 (S IG_1 : Signal S00 6 EX T) U A06 / 12 12
S007 (S IG_1 : Signal S00 7 EX T) U C01 /
C001 (CMD_1: Command C0 01) / K A01

A5-366 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

Switchgear
unit
―
Switchgear
unit
―
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-367

busbar
X99.905.R12.2

1 □ 13 □ 1 □
2 □ 14 □ 2 □
S003 (SI G_1: Signal S00 3 EXT) U A03 / 3 □ 15 □ 3 □
4 □ 16 □ 4 □
5 □ 17 □ 5 □
S004 (S IG_1: Signal S00 4 EXT) U A04 / 6 □ 18 □ 6 □
7 □ 19 □ 7 □
8 □ 20 □ 8 □
10 □ 10 □
11 □ 11 □
S013 (S IG_1: Signal S01 3 EXT) U C01 /
A5-368 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

C001 (CMD_1: C ommand C001) / K A01
C007 (CMD_1: C ommand C007) / K B01

Switchgear
unit
―
Switchgear
unit
―
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A5-369

A5-370 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

P139
A6 Version History
This manual is dedicated for the Easergy MiCOM 30 Series with colored graphic
HMI. The version history of P139 is listed. Please refer to the manuals before
software version -670 for old graphic HMI.
A6.1 Version History – MiCOM P30
A6.1.1 P139 ‑301 ‑401 ‑601 … ‑315 ‑4xx ‑655‑701
A6.1.1.1 P139 ‑301 ‑401 ‑601

Release: 2001‒04‒27
Initial product release.
A6.1.1.2 P139 ‑302 ‑402/403/404 ‑602

Release: 2002‒02‒07
Hardware
As an alternative slot 4 can now be equipped with the 5-pole voltage transformer
module T (for the Automatic Synchronism Check function).
Additional to the 40 TE case variant with pin-terminal connection there is now an
84 TE case variant with ring-terminal connection as well as a 40 TE case variant
with a combination of pin- and ring-terminal connection (transformer module: for
ring-terminal connection; other modules: for pin-terminal connection)
The binary (I/O) module X(6xO) is now optionally available with rapid-response
output by 4 thyristors.
Diagram
The updated connection diagrams now include the 5-pole voltage transformer
module T and show the variants with ring-terminal connection:
● P139 -402 (for 40 TE case, with pin-terminal connection)
● P139 -403 (for 84 TE case, with ring-terminal connection)
● P139 -404 (for 40 TE case, transformer module: with ring-terminal
connection; other modules: with pin-terminal connection)
Software
LOC Measurands previously missing are now included in the selection of the
Operation Panel, Overload Panel and Ground Fault Panel:
● (004 134) ME ASI : Cu rren t ID C
● (004 135) MEA SI: Cu rre nt ID C p.u .
● (004 136) MEASI : Cu rr. ID C,li n. p.u.
● (005 100) MEASO: Curre nt A -1
● (005 099) MEASO: Cu rren t A-2
Bug fixing:
● Control actions from the local control panel are now no longer rejected in
the DNP3 protocol.
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A6-1

P139 A6 Version History
PC User-defined signal selections for the PC interface can now be made by setting
(003 189) PC : Sele ct . spon tan .si g., and these selected signals are
spontaneously transmitted in addition to the VDEW signals.
The PC interface "Time-out" can now be set with the parameter (003 188) PC:
T ime-out.
COMM1 The COURIER protocol has now been implemented.

User-defined signal selections for the protocol IEC 60870-5-103 can now be
made by setting (003 179) C OMM1: Se lect. spontan .s ig., and these
selected signals are spontaneously transmitted in addition to the VDEW
signals.werden.
COMM2 “Logical” communication interface 2 (function group COMM2) added to

communication.
OUTP, LED Addition of function assignment to output relays and LED indicators with these
signals:
SFMON : D efect .modu le sl ot 1 (097 000)
to
SFMON : Defect .modu le sl ot20 (097 019)
Now defective modules can be indicated by output relays for instance.
MEASI Addition of this per unit measurand

● (004 017) THERM: Th erm. re pl i ca p.u.
A6-2 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A6 Version History P139
MAIN The following signals were added to the parameter setting selection tables for
the trip command blocking signals:
● (003 173) C O MM1: Comman d block. E XT
● (037 074) C OMM1 : Si g./meas . block EX T
● (040 014) OUTP: Block ou tp.re l . EXT
● (037 070) MAIN: Te st mode EXT
● (036 045) MA IN: Trip cmd. block. EX T
The following signals were added to the selection table for:
● (097 004) S FMON: D efe ct.modu le sl ot 5
● (097 017) SFMON: D efe ct.modu le sl ot1 8
● (097 118) to (097 123) SFMON: De fect.module slot19 … SFMON:
Error K 120 6
The following settings for the 5th VT input were added to the MAIN function
group:
● (010 100) MAI N: V ref ,n om V .T. pri m.
● (031 052) MAI N: V ref ,n om V .T. se c.
● (011 034) MAIN: Me as . val . re l. V r ef
The direct time output signals of the 32 logic equations are now available to the
function assignment of trip command 1 and trip command 2.
In addition to the standard procedure to determine energy output a second
procedure is now available. The selection of the procedure depends on the given
load ratio and is made by setting (010 138) MAI N: O p. mode energy cnt..
The physical communication channel assignment to the "logical" communication
interfaces COMM1 and COMM2 can be set with the parameter (003 169) MAIN:
C hann.assign.C OMM1/2.
Addition of two measured operating values:
● (005 046) MAIN: V oltage Vre f pri m.
● (005 047) MAIN: Vol tage V r ef p.u .
Incorrect termination is now fixed for the close commands issued by the control
function and terminated with the starting of the trip command.
Time switching to setting “Daylight saving time” (003 095) MAIN: Time
swit ching is now stored so that it will remain valid after a warm restart.
The multiple signal (036 251) MA IN: Gen . trip signal is now supported.
Bug fixing:
● Rated current setting is changed from 1 A to 5 A when electro-magnetic
interference occurs. To confirm settings the internal values of (010 003)
MA IN : I nom de vi ce and (010 026) MAIN: I N,nom device are
overwritten by the set values once every software cycle.
● A disabled residual current system protection, which is displayed by the
signal (040 134) MAI N: Sys tem IN disable d is now considered by the
DTOC and IDMT residual current stages.
● During incrementation of the overflow counter for active and reactive
energy output and input a negative value of the integrated count is now
prevented.
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A6-3

MAIN, ARC, ASC, In addition to enabling or disabling of the functions Auto-Reclosing Control,
PSIG Automatic Synchronism Check, Protective Signaling and Residual Current
System protection by using two binary signal inputs it is now possible to use just
one binary signal input for enabling or disabling. If, for example, only the signal
(037 010) AR C : E nable E XT is assigned to one binary signal input, the
function is enabled by the rising edge and disabled by the falling edge of the
input signal.
DTOC Step size for thresholds I>, I>> and I>>> reduced from 0.1 Inom to 0.01 Inom.
ARC New function Automatic Synchronism Check (ASC) is taken into account by the
Auto-Reclosing Control (ARC) function. The signal (037 077) AR C: (R e)close
request is used in this context to have ASC triggered by ARC.
ASC Function Automatic Synchronism Check (ASC) has been added: The voltage and
synchronism conditions are checked before an automatic or manual closing
occurs.
The transformer module T with a fifth VT is required to provide a reference
voltage.
GFDSS A fixed time delayed reset of 80 ms is now implemented for the stage (016 062)
GF DSS: V NG>.
THERM Addition of these per unit measurands:

● (004 017) THE R M: Th erm . re pl i ca p.u.
● (004 178) THERM: C ool ant te mp. p.u.
● (004 179) THE R M: Obje ct te mp. p.u.
f<> Bug fixing:

● With the selection of a measurement loop the amplitude of the phase-to-
ground loops was incorrectly rated by the factor √3.
MCMON Reference voltage monitoring is now included in the measuring-circuit

monitoring function with the signals
● (038 100) MC MON: FF, V ref tr iggere d
● (040 078) MC MON: M.ci rc. V, Vre f f lt y.
SIG_1 Bug fixing:

● When the VDEW addition to the protocol IEC 60870-5-103 was used single-
pole signals were signaled in the data byte with the value “0” (end) or
“1” (start).
COUNT The unit (min) was added to the parameter (217 007) COUNT: Cycle t. count
t ransm in the data model.
A6-4 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

SFMON Because of the addition of a fifth VT these warning signals were added:
● (098 022) SF MO N: F F, V re f trigge red
● (098 023) SFMON: M.ci rc. V, Vre f f lty.
Addition of function assignment to warnings by the delayed and direct time
signals from logic equations 30 to 32.
The following signals that are included in the function selection of warnings are
fully supported now:
● (098 026) SF MO N: Ope n circ. 2 0mA i np.
● (098 024) SFMON: PT100 ope n circu it
● (098 025) S FMON: Ove rload 2 0 mA input
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A6-5

A6.1.1.3 P139 ‑302 ‑402/403/404 ‑602-701

Release: 2002‒05‒13
Hardware
No changes.
Diagram
No changes.
Software
SFMON Decreased severity for entries in the monitoring signal memory during short-
time supply voltage dipping.
A6.1.1.4 P139 ‑302 ‑402/403/404 ‑602-702

Release: 2002‒07‒26
Hardware
No changes.
Diagram
No changes.
Software
IDMT Accuracy of tripping time is improved. Particularly the characteristic “IEC

extremely inverse” is now within the claimed tolerance range.
A6.1.1.5 P139 ‑302 ‑402/403/404 ‑603

Release: 2002‒08‒29
Hardware
No changes.
Diagram
No changes.
Software
LOC The signals (221 005) LOC: Loc. acc.block.acti ve and (221 004) L OC:
Rem.a cc.block.active are now sent spontaneously as individual signals with
the protocol IEC 60870-5-103.
INP The function assignment of the binary signal inputs U 1001 to U 1006, which are
not present on slot 10, have been removed from the data model.
A6-6 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A6.1.1.6 P139 ‑302 ‑402/403/404 ‑604

Release: 2002‒12‒20
Hardware
Device is prepared for the supplementary fitting with the new temperature p/c
board (RTD module), which will become available as of version P139
-304-405/406/407-605.
Diagram
No changes.
Software
COMM1 The measurand (005 047) MAI N: V oltage Vre f p.u. has been added to the
selection for the cyclic ILS telegram.
The unnecessary parameter (003 168) COMM1 : A ddress mode is now
hidden.
LOC The measurand (005 046) MA IN: Vol tage V ref prim. has been added to the
function assignment for the Operation Panel, the Overload Panel and the
numerical display.
The measurand (005 047) MA IN: Vol tage Vre f p.u. has been added to the
function assignment for the Operation Panel, the Overload Panel and the bar
chart display.
MEASI, THERM, Functions have been enhanced in preparation for the supplementary fitting with
LIMIT, SFMON the new temperature p/c board (RTD module). For THERM protection this
includes direct temperature monitoring, temperature measurement, coolant
temperature acquisition, and open-circuit monitoring of the individual resistance
thermometers.
MAIN, ARC, ASC, The functionality of equal-priority enabling or disabling a function via any device
PSIG interface is modified now in that way, that the functions are enabled by default.
IDMT The setting ranges for parameters Iref,neg and Iref,N as well as Iref,neg dynamic and
Iref,N dynam have been increased from 0.1 – 4.00 Inom to 0.01 – 4.00 Inom.
PSS Bug fixing:

● After a warm restart of the device an externally set parameter subset fell
back to the user set parameter subset. The signal (036 102) PSS:
C ont rol via use r changed from “Yes” to “No” after a warm restart.
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A6-7

ASC Setting to continuous synchronism test procedure after a test close request:
When a test close request is issued the operative time is not terminated by the
starting of the close enable but will continue until it has reached its set time
duration. Synchronism is continuously checked, even after the first close enable,
as long as the operative time is running. The signal (037 083) A SC : C lose
enable (if synchronism conditions are met) and the delta measured values are
continuously updated and periodically transmitted by the device interfaces. The
cycle time to transmit the telegram with the measured values is set at:
● (101 212) AS C: Trans m .cycle, meas .v.
The signal close enable is signaled spontaneously both as “start” and as “end”
and must therefore be included in a general scan.
The signal (037 086) A SC: Cl ose re j ecti on is issued only after the operative
time has elapsed and there is then no synchronism. This signal is also issued
after a test close request if, during the operative time, a close enable is
temporarily signaled.
The number of test close requests and the number of close rejections after test
close requests are not counted, e.g. the counters (009 033) A SC: No. close
requests and (009 034) A SC: No. cl ose re j ection s will only consider
“authentic” close requests.
If during the operative time (after a test close request) there is an authentic
close request issued by the device control function (HMI) or from the interfaces
(or the ARC) the test run is terminated and ASC is restarted. Then, after the first
close enable is reached, the close command is issued and the operative time is
terminated. The signal (037 086) A SC: Cl ose re j ection is issued when the set
operative time has elapsed without synchronism conditions having been met
and the circuit breaker is not switched.
The setting range for the operative time was increased from 0.00 – 60.00 s to
0.0 – 6000.0 s and the step range was reduced from 0.01 s to 0.1 s.
The settable reset times for the signals (0XX 241) ASC: tClos e en able
Volt .PS x, (0XX 240) ASC: tClos e en able syn. PSx have been replaced by
fixed minimum times of 100 ms.
These measured event values have been added to the Automatic Synchronism
Check:
● (004 087) A SC : V ol tage Vre f
● (004 088) AS C: Vol t. s el. me as. loop
The measuring range of the measured event value:
● (004 091) A SC : V ol t. magnit . diff .
has been changed from 0.000 – 3.000 Vnom to −3.000 … 3.000 Vnom.
LIMIT If the temperature measurand T was set to not measured the stages T< and
T<< in the limit value monitoring function would start.
A6-8 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A6.1.1.7 P139 ‑304 ‑405/406/407 ‑605

Release: 2003‒11‒28
Hardware
A new communication module A, providing the InterMiCOM protective interface
COMM3 (InterMiCOM), is available now as an ordering option.
A new temperature p/c board (RTD module) can now be fitted in slot 3, instead of
the transient ground fault detection module N (TGFD module).
As an alternative to the conventional transformer modules for analog input
signals there is now a new CT/VT-board with NCIT available. Details are available
on request.
Binary signal inputs with a higher switching threshold are now available.
Installation is only recommended if the application specifically requires such
binary signal inputs.
Diagram
The new connection diagrams include the InterMiCOM communication interface
(function group COMM3), the temperature p/c board (RTD module) and the
CT/VT-board with NCIT.
Software
LOC Customized binary signal panels can now be created.

A customized Bay Panel can be sub-divided into up to eight images.
The selection table for the Operation Panel was extended.
Bug fixing:
● The signals M037 to M040 can now be configured as image variables.
● When, after a switchgear unit had been selected locally, local control was
switched over to remote control, the selection of local switching actions
could continue to be made up to the termination of the reset time.
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A6-9

COMM1 The fault location (004 029) FT_DA : Faul t re act., prim. (Function Type 80h,
Information Number 49h), will no longer be sent spontaneously, if its value is
Not measured.
With the fault values transmission the scaling factor for the primary value of
channel VNG was corrected by a factor of 1/√3.
Bug fixing:
● DNP3: Multiple telegrams are prevented.
● The protocol per IEC 60850-5-101 incorrectly transmitted negative
operating values.
● IEC 60870-5-101: In the data model there was an incorrect selection for
parameter (003 198) COMM1: Tim e tag l e ngt h. Furthermore 3 Bytes
were used irrespective of the setting.
● IEC 60870-5-103: For the reclose commands of high-speed and time-
delayed reclosing (Function Type 80h, Information Numbers 80h and 81h),
the status changes “On” to “Off” were signaled spontaneously and were
transmitted as part of the response to a general scan.
COMM3 New function group COMM3 (InterMiCOM protection interface) permits end-end
channel-aided schemes to be configured, without the need of discrete carrier
equipment.
INP Further reset commands were added to the function assignment of binary signal
inputs.
MEASO Scaling of the BCD coded output of measurands now allows the setting of an
output values range. This feature is required if signed event measurands are
assigned to the BCD output (like fault location or short-circuit reactance,…).
MAIN Sensitivity for the setting of this parameter was increased to 0.01 s: (017 054)
MAIN : Suppre ss star t. s ig..
The determination of the faulty phase during a ground fault in Petersen coil
compensated power systems is improved to avoid incorrect signaling at the end
of the ground fault.
These measured operating values have been added:
● (005 025) MA IN : Appar. powe r S pri m.
● (005 026) MA IN : Appar. powe r S p. u.
● (005 009) MA IN : Angle Σ VP G vs . IN
The delay time for the Running Time Monitoring of manually operated
switchgear can now be set: (221 079) MAI N: De lay Man.Op. Super v..
Bug fixing:
● All energy counters were reset by a general starting (GS).
● The values set for the primary transformer voltages were reset to their
default values when a warm restart of the device occurred.
● If a device or switchgear designation was omitted in a customized panel
then the device went out of order when such a panel was selected.
A6-10 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

MAIN, ARC, ASC, The stored status is no longer reset with a warm restart of the device, when
PSIG specific functions are enabled or disabled through a binary signal input.
FT_DA The determination of measured fault values during short fault times is
improved.
Bug fixing:
● Fault locations of numerical values >655.35% were falsely displayed as
small values.
● When a residual current starting occurs without a phase current starting
all measured fault values dependent on a measurement loop are set to
Not measured.
FT_RC Direction signaling for the short-circuit direction determination function was
added to the selection table for the fault recording trigger (003 085) FT _RC:
Fct . assig. tri gg er.
DTOC Three negative-sequence current stages were added to the definite-time

overcurrent protection.
IDMT Bug fixing:

● The trip signals from the residual current stage and the negative-sequence
current stage were not reset with the release of starting.
ARC Bug fixing:

● The HSR and TDR counters could only be acknowledged/cleared by a cold
restart.
ASC Bug fixing:

● With a close request the counter (009 003) GFDSS: No. GF (cur r.
me as) was incremented by a count of 8 instead of 1.
● When a test close request was issued in the operating mode
“synchronism-checked” a chattering of the ASC enable signal could occur.
TGFD The setting range of (016 042) TGFD: IN, p> is extended down to 0.03 Inom.
The pick-up delay of the measuring circuit monitoring signal (093 094) SFMON:
TGF D mon. t rig ge red is now increased from 5 s to 65 s.
P<> The power directional protection now includes overload stages for active and
reactive power.
The starting signals from the power directional protection stages now feature
direction dependency.
The setting range for the parameter (017 172) P <>: Release delay Q> PSx
is now extended to max. 100.00 s.
LIMIT Reference voltage monitoring was added to the Limit Value Monitoring function.
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A6-11

LOGIC Bug fixing:

● The time dependent logic outputs – (042 033) LOGI C: Ou tput 1 ( t ) to
(042 095) LOGIC : Ou tput 32 (t) – were reset for a short period during
parameter subset selection.
DEVxx (x=1 to 10) Bug fixing:

● When the additions to the protocol IEC 60870-5-103 were applied, the
return signal identification was missing in the acknowledgment of
commands to switchgear.
CMD_1 Single commands, created with the bay editor from the PC Access Software
MiCOM S1, can now also be configured to output relays on the output module
X(6O) in slot 10 (with 40 TE cases) or slot 18 (with 84 TE cases).
SIG_1 Bug fixing:

● A concurrent use of signals M001 and M033 was not possible.
● The wrong selection table for communication in the data model was
assigned to the signal (226 077) SI G_1 : L ogic s ignal S01 0.
SFMON To prevent the risk of contention problems because of the simultaneous

disruption of the supply voltage and the auxiliary voltage for the binary signal
inputs m.c.b. trip signals are now delayed internally for 300 ms.
Bug fixing:
● Sporadic triggering of the internal monitoring of the 15 V and 24 V
voltages without a fault in the power supply module being present was
eliminated.
A6-12 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A6.1.1.8 P139 ‑305 ‑408/409/410 ‑610

Release: 2005‒05‒20
This is a preliminary IEC 61850 version which is project-specific and
only available on request!
Hardware
The new Ethernet module for communication per IEC 61850 is now available and
may be fitted to slot 2 as an alternative to communication module A.
Diagram
The updated connection diagrams now include the Ethernet module
communication interface.
● P139 ‑408 (for 40 TE case, with pin-terminal connection)
● P139 ‑409 (for 40 TE case, transformer module: with ring-terminal
● P139 ‑410 (for 84 TE case, with ring-terminal connection)
Software
LOC Addition of the event counter to the selection for the Fault Panel ASC: No. RC
aft. man .clos (004 009).
Addition of the measured value to the selection for the Operation Panel MEASI:
Scaled value ID C,l in (004 180).
COMM1 The selection of register assignments for signals in the MODBUS protocol has
been extended with the signal SCDD: Fau lt P backward (036 019) erweitert.
Time stamping of status signals from external devices has been adapted to the
DNP3 protocol.
Bug fixing:
● A change of a communication parameter will no longer lead to a sporadic
warm restart of the device, when the Courier protocol is used.
COMM3 After a warm restart with COMM3 activated, the entry at SFMON: Har dwa re
error C OM M3 (093 143) will now only occur if there actually is such a
hardware error.
IEC Initial implementation of the IEC 61850 communication protocol.
GSSE In conjunction with the IEC 61850 communication protocol a communication

procedure has been implemented that is compatible with previous UCA2 GOOSE
for the exchange of binary information within an Ethernet network section.
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A6-13

SFMON A number of device bugs previously led to a blocking with the second entry to
the monitoring signal memory (i. e. if the recurring fault was already stored in
the monitoring signal memory – see Chapter “Troubleshooting” in the Technical
Manual). This reaction was modified in such a manner that device blocking will
only occur if a renewed appearance of the same device fault lies within a set
“memory retention time” (021 018) SF MO N: Mon. sig. ret e nt ion. This makes
it possible to tolerate sporadic faults, resulting from control actions, without
having to clear the monitoring signal memory in the interim.
The significance of the time stamp was modified to accommodate this new
feature. The time stamp now represents the last appearance of the fault.
OUTP, LED Addition of the signal (034 018) ASC: Cl ose requ est to the selection of freely
configurable LED indicators and output relays.
FT_RC The duration of the disturbance record is limited to 1 minute so as to avoid a

record of an endless disturbance.
The signal (036 050) A RC: Block ing EXT is now stored in the fault recording
(previously only the resulting signal (004 069) ARC: Block ed was recorded).
MEASI Open-circuit monitoring of the 20 mA input and the “PT 100” input has been
improved.
A6-14 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

MAIN Parameters from the MAIN function, which could previously only be set in the
branch "General Functions" of the menu tree, have been transferred to the
parameter subsets.
● MAI N: N eut r.pt. t re at. PSx
● MA IN : Hld ti me dyn.par.P Sx
● MAIN : B l.tim.st.IN, ne g PSx
● MAI N: Ge n. star t. m ode P Sx
● MAI N: Op . r ush re st r. PSx
● MA IN : R ush I( 2fn) /I( f n) PSx
● MAI N: I >l ift rus h res trP Sx
● MAI N: Suppr.start.si g. P Sx
● MAIN: t GS PSx
With this improvement it is now possible to consider operational changes by
selecting the appropriate parameter subset.
The parameter (010 048) MAIN: Neu tr. pt. treat. PSx used only in
conjunction with the ASC is now visible if the ASC function has been configured.
Furthermore the selections at various neutral point treatments that occur by this
parameter have now been reduced to a selection relevant to the application.
The primary source for synchronizing the date and time can now be selected.
Available are COMM1, COMM2/PC, IRIG-B or a binary input for minute signal
pulses. A backup source may additionally be selected.
● (103 210) MAIN: P rim.Sour ce Ti me Syn c
● (103 211) MA IN: Backu pSource Time Sync
For bay control function signals detected via binary signal inputs and
conditioned with debouncing it is now possible to select whether the time tag for
the signal is to be issued after debouncing (or when the first pulse edge is
detected). The setting (221 083) MA IN: Ti me TagAfter Debounce is provided
for this purpose.
Bug fixing:
● The enabling or disabling of the ground protection via a binary signal input
was incorrectly inverted.
PSIG Bug fixing:

● The enabling or disabling of the protective signaling via a binary signal
input was incorrectly inverted.
ARC Bug fixing:

● The enabling or disabling of the ARC function via a binary signal input was
incorrectly inverted.
● The DTOC negative-sequence current stage started the ARC by triggering
the ARC trip time of the IDMT negative-sequence current stage.
ASC Selecting the CB assignment to an external device has been adapted to the
maximum possible number of external devices.
Bug fixing:
● The enabling or disabling of the ASC function via a binary signal input was
incorrectly inverted.
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A6-15

GFDSS The setting parameters for the function GFDSS are now included in the
parameter subsets and can be changed, according to operating conditions, by
selecting the appropriate parameter subset. It is also possible to individually
enable this function in each parameter subset.
Processing of the function GFDSS now occurs with a higher priority in order to
obtain reduced reaction times with less fluctuation. This is a response to the
increased application of ground fault direction signaling as a tripping condition.
Bug fixing:
● The cause for faulty or unstable directional decisions with the operate
delay tVNG> set below 60 ms has been removed.
● The operate delays LS and BS are now accurate, even with set values
> 65 s.
TGFD The setting parameters for the function TGFD are now included in the parameter
subsets and can be changed, according to operating conditions, by selecting the
appropriate parameter subset. It is also possible to individually enable this
function in each parameter subset.
THERM Bug fixing:

● In the event of an open circuit in the 20 mA current loop when using this to
measure temperatures there was no automatic activation of the
corresponding backup temperature sensor.
P<> The setting range for the following parameters was extended from max.
0.5 Snom to now max. 1.5 Snom:
● (017 120) P<>: P > PSx
● (017 140) P <>: P >> PSx
● (017 160) P <>: Q> P Sx
● (017 180) P <>: Q>> P Sx
Bug fixing:
● When setting a high operate value as well as a high disengaging ratio for
the P< or Q< stages an internal overflow was possible that led to a lower
disengaging ratio than that which had been set.
● When the stage P< (P<<, Q< or Q<<) was triggered the signal
P<>: Fault P< (P<<, Q< or Q<<) was issued even though the operate
delay for the stage was blocked.
CBM Function group circuit breaker monitoring (CBM) has been added.
LIMIT Parameter cells and signals related to Vref are only visible when the device has
been fitted with a fifth VT to measure Vref .
A6-16 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A6.1.1.9 P139 ‑305 ‑408/409/410 ‑610-704

Release: 2005‒07‒08
This is a preliminary IEC 61850 version which is project-specific and
Hardware
No changes.
Diagram
No changes.
Software
IEC With regard to IEC 61850-8-1 the data type for the quality of measured values
and signals has been changed from 14 bit to 13 bit.
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A6-17

A6.1.1.10 P139 ‑306 ‑408/409/410 ‑611

Release: 2005‒11‒07
Hardware
Further variants with binary signal inputs with a higher operate threshold are
now available. This makes the following selections available:
● >18 V (standard variant) (Without order extension No.)
● >90 V (60...70% of VA,nom = 125 ... 150 V) (Order ext. No. 461)
● >155 V (60...70% of VA,nom = 220 ... 250 V) (Order ext. No. 462)
● >73 V (67% of VA,nom = 110 V) (Order ext. No. 463)
● >146 V (67% of VA,nom = 220 V) (Order ext. No. 464)
Standard variant recommended if higher pickup threshold is not specifically
required by application.
Diagram
No changes.
Software
LOC Extensive expansion of the parameter selection (080 110) L OC : A ss ignment

re ad key.
Instead of selecting only one assigned protocol by pressing the READ key there
are now up to 16 different addresses assigned which can be selected by
pressing the READ key more than once in succession (menu jump function).
COMM1, COMM2 With the IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, the selection of measured operating values
has been extended for the cyclic ILS telegram.
IEC General expansion of the Logical Nodes according to the IEC 61850 data model.
For access by the support software S1 via Ethernet the function “Setting by
Tunneling” has been implemented.
GOOSE For the exchange of binary information in an Ethernet network section the
IEC 61850 communication procedure (IEC-GOOSE) has been implemented.
SFMON Change of the English signal designation for this signal: (098 072) SFMON: CB
faulty EX T
A6-18 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

MAIN The following per unit measured operating values have been added:
● (009 016) MA IN: C urr en t Ipos p.u.
● (009 015) MAI N: Cu rre nt In eg p.u.
● (009 018) MAI N: V oltage V pos p.u.
● (009 017) MA IN: Vol tage Vne g p. u.
● (004 070) MA IN: Fre que ncy f p.u .
● (005 072) MAI N: A ngl e V PG/IN p.u .
● (005 073) MA IN: L oad an gl e phi A p.u
● (005 074) MAIN: Load angl e ph i B p.u
● (005 075) MAIN: Load angl e ph i C p.u
● (005 076) MAIN: A ngle phi N p.u.
The parameter (010 049) MAIN: R otar y fie l d was renamed to (010 049)
MAIN: Phase se que nce. In addition the parameter selection for clockwise
and anticlockwise was also changed to A-B-C and A-C-B.
Change of the English signal designation for the following parameters:
● (103 210) MAIN: Pri m.Source Time Sync
● (103 211) MA IN : BackupSource Ti meSyn c
FT_RC The signal (002 002) FT_RC : Re cord.trig acti ve has been implemented,
which shows that a fault-recording trigger is present.
FT_DA When a fault location is outside the measuring range it could happen that the
fault location was measured as too small by the fault measurand (004 027)
FT _DA: Fault l ocat. percen t.
DTOC A fourth overcurrent stage (residual current stage) IN>>>> with an extended
setting range has been integrated.
Because of its extended setting range this stage always uses the residual
current calculated from the three phase currents.
IDMT2 A second inverse-time overcurrent protection function has been added.
SCDD A voltage memory has been added to the short-circuit direction determination
function. In general SCDD will operate as previously with the non-faulted
voltages. Now the device offers a voltage memory from which the SCDD
function can obtain necessary voltage information for direction determination
when 3-pole faults with a large 3-phase voltage drop have occurred.
MP The motor protection function has been extended by these per unit measured
operating values:
● (005 071) MP: Th erm. re pl . MP p. u.
● (005 086) MP: St-u ps st. pe r m.p.u.
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A6-19

THERM The parameters THERM: Bl. f . C TA f aul t P Sx have been replaced by the
parameters with an extended setting range THERM: Fun ct. f.CTA fail. PSx.
In order to obtain improved visibility control of the parameters for the relative
and absolute replica the previous parameter (022 063)
THERM: Op erat in g m ode has been replaced by:
● (022 064) THERM: Re lati ve re pl ica
● (022 065) THE R M: A bsol ute re pl ica
It should be remembered that an explicit selection – relative or absolute
replica – for the thermal overload protection must be carried out. If no such
explicit selection – relative or absolute replica – is carried out the thermal
overload protection will be blocked and the warning signal (039 110) THERM:
Set ting error,bl ock. is issued.
These parameters are now available to set the over temperature and the
warning temperature in the absolute replica:
● THERM: O/T f.Ire f pe rs . PSx
● THER M: War nin g te mp. P Sx
The following signals have been added to the thermal overload protection:
● (039 024) THERM: Re clos ur e blocke d
● (040 035) THERM: Not re ady
V<> The over-/undervoltage function may now be optionally operated with an enable
threshold based on the minimum current monitor for the undervoltage stages
(V<, V<<, Vpos<, Vpos<<).
The undervoltage stages are blocked if during active monitoring the set
threshold of at least one phase is not exceeded by the phase currents. There
are two new setting parameters to activate the operating mode for minimum
current monitoring and to set the enable threshold:
● V<>: Op. mod e V < mon . PSx (001 162)
● V<>: I e nab le V< PSx (001 155)
f<> Bug fixing:

● The cause for imprecise frequency measurements, when 6 cycles were
selected for the evaluation time, has now been eliminated.
CBF The complete revision of the circuit breaker failure protection function now
includes a current breaking-off criterion.
The previous signal (036 017) CBF: CB fai l ur e has been replaced by the
following signals:
● (038 215) C BF: Tr ip s ignal t1
● (038 219) CBF : Tri p s ignal t2
(Note: The signal (036 017) CB F: CB fai l ure becomes available again as of
version ‑613.)
A6-20 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

CBM An incorrect internally active wear characteristic lead to an incorrect calculation

of the number of CB operations remaining, when at least one of these
parameters was set to blocked:
● (022 014) C BM: Me d. cu rr. Itrip,CB or
● (022 015) C BM: P e rm. CB op. Ime d, CB
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A6-21

A6.1.1.11 P139 ‑306 ‑408/409/410 ‑611-706

Release: 2005‒12‒21
This is a preliminary IEC 61850 version, which is project-specific and
Hardware
No changes.
Diagram
No changes.
Software
ASC Bug fixing:

● When the automatic synchronism check (ASC) was linked to the control of
an external device and a close command was issued to this external
device from the local control panel, the external device was always
blocked from closing by the ASC function. This error occurred only when
the communication protocol per IEC 61850 was used with the protection
and control unit.
A6.1.1.12 P139 ‑306 ‑408/409/410 ‑611-707

Release: 2006‒02‒16
Hardware
No changes.
Diagram
No changes.
Software
IEC Bug fixing:

● The range of the internal values assigned to the various operating modes
of the parameter I EC: DE V con trol mode l (221 081) now starts with a
“1” instead of a “0”.
INP The request routine for binary signal inputs has been enhanced to suppress
external interference.
A6-22 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A6.1.1.13 P139 ‑307 ‑411/412/413 ‑612

Release: 2006‒09‒07
Hardware
As an ordering option for the 40 TE and 84 TE model versions there is now a
variant available with a detachable HMI. The detachable HMI is always supplied
with a case width of 40 TE. The freely configurable LED indicators H4 to H16 on
the detachable HMI are provided as multi-color LEDs.
The ordering option Ethernet module with 100 Mbit/s glass fiber and ST
connector has replaced the ordering option Ethernet module with 10 Mbit/s glass
fiber and ST connector.
Diagram
The updated connection diagrams now include the interfaces to connect the
detachable HMI.
● P139 -412 (for 40 TE case, transformer module: ring-terminal connection;
other modules: pin-terminal connection)
Software
DVICE, LOC Because of the ordering option “detachable HMI” these additional Device
Identification parameters are now available:
● (002 131) D VI CE: SW ve rsi on DH MI
● (002 132) DV IC E: SW vers ion D HMI DM
● (221 099) LOC : Local H MI e xis ts
LOC Additional item in the selection table for the operation panel: (217 100)
C O UN T: Count 1.
COMM1 When the protocols per IEC 60870-5-101 or IEC 60870-5-103 are used, the
message (221 100) COMM1: Buf fe r ove rru n is issued when an internal buffer
overrun of the spontaneous control function signals has occurred.
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A6-23

IEC Implementation of active monitoring of the communications data links to

logged-on clients with the parameter (104 062) I EC: TCP k eep-alive time r.
This active monitoring now replaces previous passive monitoring by parameter
(104 050) IEC : Inact ivi ty timer.
Implementation of an automatic switchover to daylight saving time, activated by
parameter (104 219) IEC : Swi tch.dayl.sav.ti me. Switchover times for the
automatic switch to daylight saving time are governed by the following settings:
● (104 220) IEC : Dayl.sav.ti me s tart
● (104 221) IE C: D ayl. sav.ti me st. d
● (104 222) IE C: D ayl. sav.ti me st. m
● (104 223) I EC: Dayl.s av. t.st.0:00 +
● (104 225) I EC : Dayl .s av.time e nd
● (104 226) I EC : Dayl.sav.ti me e nd d
● (104 227) I EC: D ayl. sav.ti me e nd m
● (104 228) I EC: D ayl. sav.t.en d 0:0 0+
A second SNTP server may now be applied for time synchronization. Should no
answer be transmitted by the first SNTP server the next request is automatically
transferred to the second SNTP server (backup function).
● (104 202) I EC: SNTP se rver 1 IP
● (104 210) IEC : SNTP se rver 2 IP
Instead of setting a router address and target network, so as to establish a
communication link to a client situated exterior to the local network, now only
the setting of the gateway address is required via (104 011) I EC: Gatew ay
addre ss.
Now “unbuffered reports” are available for all logical nodes.
GOOSE VLAN priority for GOOSE is set via (106 007) GO OSE: VL AN Priority.
The dataset reference for GOOSE is displayed via the measured value (106 008)
GOOSE: Dat aSe t R ef e ren ce.
INP Bug fixing:

● The input signal (037 018) MAI N: Man . trip cmd. E XT did not operate
when it was set as a receive signal for COMM3, GSSE or GOOSE and
triggered via this communication link. (Triggering via a binary signal input
operated correctly.)
LED The operating mode for the LED indicators has been extended by the operating
mode LED flashing.
Configuration, operating mode and physical state of the permanently configured
LED indicators H1 and H17 are now displayed via configuration parameters and
physical state signals.
The freely configurable LED indicators H4 to H16 may now be assigned two
signals, each with a different color (red or green). If both assigned signals are
active the resulting LED color will be “amber”.
MAIN The parameter (221 098) MAIN: Ti me tag has replaced the previous
parameter (221 083) MAI N: TimeTagA fte rDe boun ce. In addition there is a
third operating mode available for selection.
A6-24 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

COUNT The settable debouncing time for count value acquisition is no longer required.
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A6-25

A6.1.1.14 P139 ‑306 ‑408/409/410 ‑611-709

Release: 2006‒10‒05
Hardware
No changes.
Diagram
No changes.
Software
IEC Bug fixing:

● If communication was interrupted during control access via the Ethernet
interface using the operating program MiCOM S1, renewed control access
was only possible after a warm restart of the P139.
● If a “Select” or “Operate” command for an external device, in which the
interlock bit had been set, was sent from a client to the protection and
control unit it could occur that such a command was rejected.
A6.1.1.15 P139 ‑307 ‑411/412/413 ‑612-710

Release: 2006‒12‒14
Hardware
No changes.
Diagram
No changes.
Software
IEC Bug fixing:

● If communication was interrupted during control access via the Ethernet
interface using the operating program MiCOM S1, renewed control access
was only possible after a warm restart of the P139.
A6-26 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A6.1.1.16 P139 ‑306 ‑408/409/410 ‑611-711

Release: 2007‒02‒14
Hardware
No changes.
Diagram
No changes.
Software
IEC Bug fixing:

● Previously a break in the client-server communications link could occur
after approximately 49 days for about 20 minutes. GOOSE and GSSE are
not affected.
A6.1.1.17 P139 ‑307 ‑411/412/413 ‑612-712

Release: 2007‒02‒14
Hardware
No changes.
Diagram
No changes.
Software
IEC Bug fixing:

● Previously a break in the client-server communications link could occur
after approximately 49 days for about 20 minutes. GOOSE and GSSE are
not affected.
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A6-27

A6.1.1.18 P139 ‑307 ‑411/412/413 ‑613

Release: 2007‒07‒10
This version is not released!
Hardware
No changes.
Diagram
No changes.
Software
With this version resetting options have been extended such that now there is a
corresponding external signal available for each manual reset function; now the
respective counter or memory can be reset by an appropriately assigned binary
signal.
Similar to this all manual reset parameters have been renamed by adding the
phrase “USER” to the descriptive text (it may be abbreviated so that the max
number of characters allowed is not exceeded).
Example:
● MAI N: General r e se t was renamed to MA IN: General reset USER.
LOC A selection of memories to be reset may now be assigned (with the new
parameter LOC: A ssi gnme nt r e se t key) to the CLEAR key situated on the
local control panel. Now each time the CLEAR key is pressed not only the LED
indicators and the display are reset but the selected memory is also reset
immediately.
Additionally two menu jump lists are now available that can have functions
assigned by setting these new parameters:
● LOC : Fct. menu j mp lis t 1 and
● LOC: Fct . men u jm p li st 2
SCDD For earth fault direction evaluation it is now settable, whether the measured or
the calculated displacement voltage is used for the direct evaluation.
ARC In case of a starting shorter than the set trip time during an ARC cycle the
reclaim time resettled with the beginning of the starting is set again instead of
interruption of the ARC cycle as before.
Selective determination of phase- and earth faults implemented. Only selective
starting signals with activated ARC trip time will be considered for ARC trip.
All parameters containing the phrase “Ineg>” in the descriptive text have been
renamed and now use the term “Iref,neg”. Similarly the terms “kIref>” and
“kINref>” were renamed to “IrefP>” and “IrefN>”.
SFMON The parameter (093 075) SFMON: Inval . SW ve rs. C OMM1 was renamed to
SFMON : I nv al. SW COMM1/I EC (093 075).
A6-28 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

MEASI In case a hardware fault on the temperature p/c board (RTD module) is detected
then the parameter MEASI: RTD H W Fai lu re (006 102) is set. When a
hardware fault is detected on the analog I/O module Y the parameter MEA SI:
I /O HW F ailure (006 103) is set.
DEVxx The state signals are now stored in the operating data memory:
● (218 000) DEV 01: Open cmd. r ece i ve d (…etc for DEV02,…)
● (218 001) DE V01: Clos e cmd. re ce ive d (…etc for DEV02,…)
Supporting of 3 position disconnector / earthing switch.
CBF The signal (036 017) CBF: CB f ailure was not supported in previous version.
IEC IEC : D e ad band v alue (104 051) was divided into several individual settings:
● (104 229) I EC: Update Me as ure m en ts
● (104 230) IEC : De ad band IP
● (104 231) I EC: De ad band IN
● (104 232) IE C: De ad band VP P
● (104 233) I EC : D e ad band V PG
● (104 234) I EC: D ead ban d f
● (104 235) IEC : De ad band P
● (104 236) IE C: D ead ban d phi
● (104 237) IEC: De ad band Z
● (104 238) I EC: D ead ban d min /max
● (104 239) IEC: Dead ban d A SC
● (104 240) IEC: Dead ban d te mp.
● (104 241) I EC: De ad band 20mA
Bug fixing:
● Correction in the modeling of: DtpPhsPTOC3, DtpEftPTOC3, DtpEftPTOC4,
ItpPhsPTOC2, DtpEftPTOC2 and RREC1: ModOper
GOOSE The number of addressable external devices was increased from 16 to 32.
The parameter GOOSE: Dat ase t C fg.Revi si on (106 005) was renamed to
GOOSE : D ataSet C fg.Re vis ion (106 009) and all parameters
GOOSE: Ext .De vxx int erm. pos (xx=1 to 16) are now available as GO OS E:
Ex t.D ev yy int erm .pos (yy=01 to 32).
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A6-29

MAIN Two group reset parameters implemented, each of which will reset several
memories "simultaneously” with configurable assignment of eligible memories.
The group reset is now issued by a manual reset from the local control panel,
and may also be created by linking it to a binary signal input or a function key.
The parameter (006 096) MAI N: Meas . P ,Q,C OS allows for setting the sign of
the following measured operating data values for active and reactive power:
● (004 050) MAI N: A ctive powe r P prim.
● (004 052) MAIN : Reac. powe r Q pri m.
● (004 051) MAIN : Active power P p. u.
● (004 052) MA IN: Reac. pow er Q p.u .
The following logic state signals are issued depending on the respective control
point position:
● (221 101) MAI N: Cmd. fr. comm.inte rf
● (221 102) MA IN : C omm an d from HMI
● (221 103) MAI N: Cmd. f r. e lectr.ctrl
COMM1/IEC, COMM2/PC, IRIG-B or a minute pulse input may now be selected as
the primary source to synchronize the date and time (MA IN: Prim.Sou rce
TimeSyn c (103 210)).
COMM1/IEC, COMM2/PC, IRIG-B or a minute pulse input continue to be available
as the backup source (MAIN: BackupSource TimeSync (103 211)).
THERM The descriptive text in English for the following parameter has been changed:
THERM: Rset t her m.repl.USER to THERM: Res e t replica U SER
(022 061)
A6-30 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A6.1.1.19 P139 ‑307 ‑411/412/413 ‑613-713

Release: 2007‒08‒01
Hardware
No changes.
Diagram
No changes.
Software
IEC Bug fixing:

● If a client sent two SBO commands in fast succession for two different
switch gears, without waiting the acknowledgement, the first switch gear
could not be controlled.
A6.1.1.20 P139 ‑307 ‑411/412/413 ‑612-714

Release: 2007‒08‒01
Hardware
No changes.
Diagram
No changes.
Software
IEC Bug fixing:

● A communications fault occurred, if the K200 relay was not wired correctly
in bays with motor controlling.
● Reports from SIG1 to SIG40 were lost when events changed in just a few
milliseconds.
● If a client sent two SBO commands in fast succession for two different
switch gears, without waiting the acknowledgement, the first switch gear
could not be controlled.
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A6-31

A6.1.1.21 P139 ‑307 ‑411/412/413 ‑613-716

Release: 2007‒11‒16
Hardware
No changes.
Diagram
No changes.
Software
IEC Added to the communication protocol IEC 61850 are:

● MmuPriMMXN1 Voltage Vref prim
● MmuSecMMXN1 Voltage Vref p. u.
● MmuPriMMXN2 Current IN prim
● MmuSecMMXN2 Frequency f p.u.
● RBRF1 Breaker failure OpEx
● RBRF2 Breaker failure OpEx, OpIn
Bug fixing:
● A communications fault occurred, if the K200 relay was not wired correctly
in bays with motor controlling.
● Freezing of operation measurements reports after 65536 × 2seconds
(36.4 hours).
SCDD Bug fixing:

● Correction in evaluation of measured displacement voltage for earth fault
direction evaluation.
TGFD New version of the software module for Transient Ground Direction
Determination.
A6.1.1.22 P139 ‑307 ‑411/412/413 ‑613-717

Release: 2008‒02‒13
Hardware
No changes.
Diagram
No changes.
Software
IEC Bug fixing:

● The current value in IEC 61850 Comtrade file was 5× smaller if the
nominal current was set to 5 A. (See parameter (010 003) MAI N: I nom
dev ice).
A6-32 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A6.1.1.23 P139 ‑307 ‑411/412/413 ‑614

Release: 2008‒04‒01
Hardware
No changes.
Diagram
No changes.
Software
LOC The parameter L OC: A ssi gn men t read ke y (080 110) was renamed to LO C :
Fct . rea d k ey
MAIN The following measured operating data for delayed/stored phase current values
have been added:
● MAIN : I A pri m, de mand (006 226)
● MAIN : IB prim,de mand (006 227)
● MA IN: I C p rim,de mand (006 228)
● M AI N: IA prim ,dem an d s tor. (006 223)
● MAI N: IB pr im ,dem and stor. (006 224)
● MAIN : I C prim,deman d s tor . (006 225)
● MA IN : I A p .u.,de mand (006 235)
● MAI N: IB p.u .,de mand (006 236)
● MAI N: IC p.u .,de mand (006 237)
● MAI N: IA p.u ., de mand stor. (006 232)
● MA IN : I B p.u.,deman d s tor. (006 233)
● MAI N: IC p.u .,de mand s tor. (006 234)
The label of the parameter MAIN: Me as. P ,Q,CO S, that has been introduced
with version ‑613 and that allows for changing the sign of the displayed values
of the active and reactive power, has been changed to: MAIN: Meas.
d irecti on P,Q.
The descriptive text in English for the following parameters has been changed:
● MAI N: IP ,maxprim,de mand.st (005 034)
● MA IN : I P,maxp.u.,de mand.st (005 035)
● MAIN : IP,max prim. ,deman d (005 036)
● MAIN : IP,max p.u.,deman d (005 037)
● MA IN : P h. e rr. V CG, 2 NC IT (010 194)
INP The setting INP : Fil ter (010 220) is now available for conformity with standard
IEC 60255-22-7, class A.
MP Now the device features an “hours run” counter and this includes a comparison
to the corresponding set upper limit.
The descriptive text in English for the following parameter has been changed:
MP: Rse t therm.repl.U SER to MP: Res e t replica USER (022 073).
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A6-33

CBF The signal CBF: CB failure (036 017) is now available again.
The parameter designation for (022 160) CBF: I> was changed to (022 160)
CBF: I<.
A6-34 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A6.1.1.24 P139 ‑307 ‑411/412/413 ‑614-718

Release: 2008‒08‒04
Hardware
No changes.
Diagram
No changes.
Software
IEC Added to the communication protocol IEC 61850 are:

● MmuPriMMXU1/PhV.neut Voltage VNG prim.
● MmuPriMMXU1/PhV.res Volt. ∑(VPG)/3 prim.
● MmuPriMMXU1/A.res Current ∑IP prim.
● MmuSecMMXU1./PhV.neut Voltage VNG p.u.
● MmuSecMMXU1/PhV.res Volt. ∑(VPG)/3 p.u.
● MmuSecMMXU1/A.neut Current IN p.u.
● MmuSecMXU1/A.res Current ∑IP p.u.
Bug fixing:
● Reports from SIG1 to SIG40 were lost when events changed in just a few
milliseconds.
LOC Bug fixing:

● On the Detachable HMI, the Spanish character set was displayed instead
of the selected French character set.
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A6-35

A6.1.1.25 P139 ‑307 ‑411/412/413 ‑614-719

Release: 2008‒09‒04
Hardware
No changes.
Diagram
No changes.
Software
IEC Bug fixing:

● A communications fault occurred when fast successive command signals
were received (SPC’s system / SPCOx).
CBF Bug fixing:

● A bug occurring upon initialization of 3-phase startup has been fixed.
A6-36 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A6.1.1.26 P139 ‑308 ‑414/415/416 ‑630

Release: 2008‒11‒15
Hardware
Three optional new binary I/O modules are now available:
● Bi6Bo6H: Control board with 6 binary signal inputs and 6 output relays with
heavy duty contacts
● Bo4H: Binary output relay board with 4 heavy duty contacts
● Bi6Bo3: Control board with 6 binary signal inputs and 3 output relays
Diagram
The updated connection diagrams now include the interfaces with the new binary
I/O modules.
● P139-414 (for 40TE case, with pin-terminal connection)
● P139-415 (for 40TE case, transformer module: with ring-terminal
● P139-416 (for 84TE case, with ring-terminal connection)
Software
LOC New address for the hold-time of the measured value display added. (031 072)
LOC : Hold-t . meas.v.dis pl
Values range from 1 to 60 seconds.
Default setting blocked, therefore the behavior is backward-compatible (new
functionality disabled).
Functionality: With the Bay Panel display the next or the previous configured
measured value may be selected by pressing the keys “cursor down” or “cursor
up”. The new feature is that the next value will appear after the set time period
has elapsed. When set to blocked the selected value will always be displayed.
Bug fixing:
● The Password Display mode was not supported during a startup.
COMM1 Communications protocol IEC 60870-5-103: When checking during test

operations it is now possible to trigger signals (SIG) and contact positions (DEV)
from the control part (previously only possible from the protection part).
These new addresses were added:
● (221 105) C OMM1: Se l. pos. de v.te st
o Not assigned
o DEVxx
● (221 106) COMM1: Te st pos it ion de v.
o don't execute
o execute open
o execute close
o execute intermed.
Bug fixing:
● Communications protocol DNP3: Contact positions were transmitted twice.
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A6-37

THERM The new measured operating value “Thermal current” has been implemented as
a part of function group THERM.
Statustherm,repl
I therm,prim = 100 · I ref · I nom,CT,prim
I,therm,prim: THERM: Curre nt I ,the rm prim (007 220)

Status therm repl:THER M: Status TH ERM re pli c a (004 016)
Iref: THER M: I re f P Sx (072 179, 073 179, 074 179, 075 179)
Inom CT prim: MAI N: I nom C .T. prim. (010 001)
The per-unit thermal current is displayed as a variable referred to Iref:
I therm,prim
I therm, p.u. = I ref · I nom,CT,prim
I,therm,p.u.: THE R M: Cu rren t I, th erm p.u (007 221)

In a measured values message the thermal current is processed as a per-unit
variable referred to Iref.
V<> The stages Vref>, Vref>> and Vref<, Vref<< have been added to the time-voltage
protection function:
New parameters:
● V<>: V ref> P Sx
o (007 064, 007 071, 007 075, 007 079)
● V<>: Vre f>> P Sx
o (007 065, 007 068, 007 072, 007 076)
● V<>: t Vr e f> PSx
o (007 066, 007 069, 007 073, 007 077)
● V<>: t Vre f>> P Sx
o (007 067, 007 070, 007 074, 007 078)
● V<>: V ref< P Sx
o (007 086, 007 097, 007 101, 007 105)
● V<>: Vre f<< PSx
o (007 087, 007 098, 007 102, 007 106)
● V<>: tVr ef< PSx
o (007 088, 007 099, 007 103, 007 107)
● V<>: t Vref<< PSx
o (007 096, 007 100, 007 104, 007 108)
F_KEY Bug fixing:

● The function key selection (function group F_KEY) has been removed from
the configuration.
A6-38 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

MAIN Measured operating values are now also calculated during a general starting
condition and no longer set to “not measured”.
New addresses with a 32 bit measured value display have been added for the 4
energy measured values:
● (008 065) MAIN: Act.en ergy outp.prim
o 0 ... 6,553,500.00 MWh
● (008 066) MAIN: Act.en ergy in p. pri m
o 0 ... 6,553,500.00 MWh
● (008 067) MA IN: Re act.e n. ou tp. prim
o 0 ... 6,553,500.00 Mvar h
● (008 068) MA IN: R eact. e n. inp. pr im
o 0 ... 6,553,500.00 Mvar h
The 4 addresses with the 16 bit display and overrun counter have been
removed.
IEC, GOOSE Phase 2 of the IEC 61850 communications protocol has been implemented.
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A6-39

A6.1.1.27 P139 ‑307 ‑411/412/413 ‑614-720

Release: 2009‒02‒03
Hardware
No changes.
Diagram
No changes.
Software
IEC Bug fixing:

● After some 15000 close/open commands, the client aborted
communication.
MAIN Bug fixing:

● Without external clock synchronization (IRIG-B or via communication
protocol) there were leaps (typ. 7 hours) in the system time.
LIMIT Bug fixing:

● Incorrect operation of Vref>,>>,<,<< fixed. The error occured if loop A-G,
B-G or C-G was selected as the measurement loop in ASC Vref.
A6.1.1.28 P139 ‑307 ‑411/412/413 ‑614-721

Release: 2009‒04‒23
Hardware
No changes.
Diagram
No changes.
Software
IEC Bug fixing:

● Commands are now rejected with signal “Command already in execution”,
and the position of the circuit breaker contacts is transmitted correctly to
the control system.
A6-40 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A6.1.1.29 P139 ‑308 ‑414/415/416 ‑615

Release: 2009‒04‒30
Hardware
The following three new binary I/O modules are now available as ordering
options:
● Bi6Bo6H: Binary module with 6 binary signal inputs and 6 high-power
contacts
● Bo4H: Binary module with 4 high-power contacts
● Bi6Bo3: Binary module with 6 binary signal inputs and 3 output relays
Diagram
The updated connection diagrams include the wiring configuration for the new
binary I/O modules.
● P139 ‑414 (for case 40TE, pin-terminal connection)
● P139 ‑415 (for case 40TE, CT/VT ring-, all other modules pin-terminal
connection)
● P139 ‑416 (for case 84TE, ring-terminal connection)
Software
Bug fixing:
● All parameters of function group FKEY (which is not supported by this
device) were removed. (Since the HMI of the P139 does not have any
function keys, these parameters were invalid.)
LOC New parameter for the hold-time of the measured values display.
● (031 072) L OC: Hol d-t. meas .v.dis pl
Range: 1 to 60 seconds.
The default value is blocked, so that the behavior is backward-compatible (i.e.
the new functionality is deactivated).
Functionality: On the Bay Panel, one can select the previous or next configured
measured value by pressing the “Up” or “Down” key, respectively. This works
exactly like before. The new feature is that always after the set time the display
automatically steps forward to the next value. If the parameter is set to blocked,
the selected measured value is always displayed.
Bug fixing:
● The Password Display mode was not supported during a startup.
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A6-41

COMM1 Communications protocol IEC 60870-5-103: When checking during test

operations it is now possible to trigger signals (SIG) and contact positions (DEV)
from the control part (previously only possible from the protection part).
These new addresses were added:
● (221 105) CO MM1: Sel. pos . de v.tes t
o Not assigned
o DEVxx
● (221 106) C OMM1 : Tes t pos iti on dev.
o don't execute
o execute open
o execute close
o execute intermed.
Bug fixing:
● Communications protocol DNP3: Contact positions were transmitted twice.
MAIN Measured operating values are now also calculated during a general starting
condition and no longer set to “not measured”.
New addresses with a 32 bit measured value display have been added for the 4
energy measured values:
● (008 065) MAI N: A ct.en ergy outp.pr im
o 0 ... 6,553,500.00 MWh
● (008 066) MAI N: A ct.en ergy in p. pri m
o 0 ... 6,553,500.00 MWh
● (008 067) MAI N: Re act.e n. ou tp. pri m
o 0 ... 6,553,500.00 Mvar h
● (008 068) MA IN : Re act. en . in p. pr im
o 0 ... 6,553,500.00 Mvar h
The 4 addresses with the 16 bit display and overrun counter have been
removed.
V<> The setting range for Vneg> and Vneg>> has been extended. New setting range:
0.02 to 1.5 Vnom/√3 (previously: 0.2 to 1.5 Vnom/√3). This affects the following
parameters:
● V<>: Vn eg > PSx
● V<>: V ne g>> PSx
DEV01 ... DEV10 User-defined names can now be used as device identifiers. In the parameter
D EVx x: D esi gnat. e xt. de v., the new option Device Name User is available.
Then the text for the device's name, entered by the user at each of the
D EVxx : D EV -Name Use r parameters, will be used as the device’s
designation. (The maximum length is 4 characters, as with the fixed identifiers.
Any longer text entered is truncated to 4 characters internally.) The following
parameters are new:
(218 101) DEV 01: D EV -Nam e U se r
to
(218 110) DEV 10: D EV -Nam e U se r
A6-42 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A6.1.1.30 P139 ‑308 ‑414/415/416 ‑616

Release: 2009‒06‒01
Hardware
No changes.
Diagram
No changes.
Software
Bug fixing:
● For those parameters which allow for setting options dependent on the
fitted modules, slot 18 was visible for 40 TE cases, too, although this
particular slot does not exist for this case size.
LOC Bug fixing:

● The Detachable HMI could freeze in case of a warm restart with activated
LED reset.
● During operation with no (D)HMI connected to the device the processing
cycle frequently got prolonged to about 100 ... 150 ms.
● An external LED reset with a device selected in the control panel could
deactivate the flashing of the selected device on the display.
● After an external LED reset some characters could be displayed incorrectly
or not at all.
A6.1.1.31 P139 ‑307 ‑411/412/414 ‑614-722+723

Release: 2009‒09‒02
Hardware
No changes.
Diagram
No changes.
Software
IEC Bug fixing:

● Contact position is transmitted correctly after a cancel command.
● The cause of the “Undefined opcode” message that appeared during a
switch command was resolved.
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A6-43

A6.1.1.32 P139 ‑309 ‑414/415/416 ‑631

Release: 2010‒01‒19
Hardware
As a further ordering option the Chinese character set is now available for the
HMI.
Diagram
No changes.
Software
DEV01 ... DEV10 User-defined names can now be used as device identifiers. In the parameter
DE Vx x : De sign at. ext. dev., the new option Device Name User is available.
Then the text for the device's name, entered by the user at each of the
DEVxx : D EV-N ame U ser parameters, will be used as the device’s
designation. (The maximum length is 4 characters, as with the fixed identifiers.
Any longer text entered is truncated to 4 characters internally.) The following
parameters are new:
(218 101) DE V0 1: DEV -Name Use r
to
(218 110) D EV1 0: DEV -Name Us e r
LOGIC Increase of the number of logic inputs from 16 to 40.
LOC Recording of motor startups:

During a motor startup, the time taken for the startup, the startup current and
the startup heating can be displayed on the Operation Panel.
Parameters:
● OL _D A: T.t aken f.s tartup,MP (005 096)
● OL_D A: Heat .du r. start-up,MP (005 097)
● OL_DA : St art-u p cu rren t, MP (005 098)
The names of busbars and BB-sections can now be edited by the user.
One has to select BB-User Name for „Designation busbar #“ or BB_Sect.User
Name for „Designat. bus sect.#“, respectively. Then the user name is entered
as text value of the respective parameter “Busbar#-NameUser“/“BB Sect.#-
NameUser“. The maximum length is 3characters, longer texts will be internally
truncated.
Parameters:
● LOC : Bu sbar 1 Name by Use r (218 191)
● LOC : Busbar2-Na meUse r (218 192
● LOC: Busb ar3 -N ame Use r (218 193)
● LOC: BB S ect .1-NameU se r (218 195)
● L OC : BB S ect .2-Name Us er (218 196)
A6-44 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

MAIN The phase sequence for the current, given by the active parameter subset with
the setting at MAI N: P has e reve rsal I PSx (010 200, 010 201, 010 202, 010
203), may be reversed by triggering a binary signal input configured at MAIN:
Phase reversal I EXT (007 248).
To enable the function a phase sequence for normal operation must be set in
the parameter. (Setting selection: A-B swapped, B-C swapped, C-A swapped.)
The default setting is No swap, which disables the function.
Note: This feature is primarily designed for motor protection applications with
“left/right” motor rotation control by phase reversal with parallel circuit breakers
(one CB with phase reversal). Here the voltage is measured on the busbar side
and the current down-stream between CB and motor. Dependent on the
operating mode the current can therefore be measured in phase reversal to the
voltage.
The values range for the 3 power measured values has been expanded:
● (005 025) MA IN: Appar. powe r S pri m.
o -3,199.9 – 3,200 MVA
● (004 050) MAIN: Active power P pri m.
o -3,199.9 – 3,200 MW
● (004 052) MA IN: Reac. powe r Q pri m.
o -3,199.9 – 3,200 Mvar
DTOC The “IN Measured” or “IN Calculated” setting, which was previously available
only globally for all three residual current stages IN>, IN>> and IN>>> together,
can now be set individually for each residual current stage.
Parameters:
● DTOC: E val. IN>> PSx
o (007 239, 007 240, 007 241, 007 242)
● DTOC : E val . IN>>> PSx
o (007 243, 007 244, 007 245, 007 246)
The setting parameter previously valid for all three residual current stages,
D TOC: Ev al. I N>, >>, >>> PSx (072 128, 073 128, 074 128, 075 128), has
been renamed to DTOC: Eval . IN> P Sx (072 128, 073 128, 074 128, 075
128) and will now only operate with the first residual current stage.
DTOC, IDMT1 Applies to direction-dependent starting / tripping:

The new parameters permit the selection whether the timer stages for phase or
residual current stages are triggered with a starting or direction-dependent
('With direction'). The default for the parameter is the previous 'With starting'
standard setting.
Parameters:
● D TOC : Mode Ti me r s tart PSx
o (002 138, 002 139, 002 142, 002 143)
● ID MT 1 : Mod e Tim er start P Sx
o (007 226, 007 227, 007 228, 007 229)
DTOC, IDMT1, IDMT2 The inrush stabilization has been extended by DTOC: IN> PSx and IDMT 1:
Ire f,N PSx, I DMT2 : I re f, N PSx.
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A6-45

DTOC, IDMT When a phase starting is present then a subsequent triggering of the inrush
stabilization is not taken into account anymore.
Note: When a change from a single-pole fault to a two-phase fault or from a two-
phase fault to a three-phase fault occurred it was possible that, because of
transients during the change, the inrush stabilization was momentarily triggered
which would reset the starting and the timer.
IDMT1 For all IP, Ineg and IN types of characteristics the enable threshold for the IDMT1
protection starting can now be set with the factor KI (values range: 1 to 10)
dependent on Iref. This factor KI will result in a linear shifting of the enable
threshold along the X-axis of the respective characteristic. The factor will not
result in a shifting of the characteristic itself.
Parameters:
● I DMT1: Factor KI,P PSx
o (007 250, 007 251, 007 252, 007 253)
● ID MT1: Fact or KI,ne g PSx
o (007 254, 007 255, 008 002, 008 005)
● ID MT 1: Fact or KI,N P Sx
o (001 173, 001 174, 001 175, 001 176)
SCDD Enhanced tripping times with short-circuit direction determination.

Short-circuit direction determination has been extended for the DTOC stages
I>>> and IN>>>.
Parameters:
● SC DD : D ir ecti on tI >>> P Sx
o (007 230, 007 231, 007 232, 007 233)
● SCD D: Di rect ion tIN>>> PSx
o (007 235, 007 236, 007 237, 007 238)
ASC Function ASC now provides a choice as to whether the CB operating time (tCB),
as configured at Function Parameters/Global/MAIN, is to be taken into account
for the precisely synchronized reclosure (AR) or not.
Parameters:
● MAIN: t CB,cl ose
o (000 032); value range: 0.06s … 1s
● ASC : A R with tCB P Sx
o (000 038, 000 039, 000 050, 000 051)
FT_RC An additional analog recording channel for the frequency has been
implemented.
Parameter:
● FT_RC : Re c. analog ch ann. 10 (035 169)
Default is Without, optional setting is fnom.
A6-46 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

CBM The correction acquisition time can now be set separately to be triggered by the
open command and by the position signal issued by the CB auxiliary contacts.
Differing inherent delay times from the two command chains can now be
configured independently of each other so as to achieve optimum time
adjustment.
Parameter:
● CBM: Corr. acqu .time trip
o (007 249); values range: 0 to 0.2 s
The previous common selection parameter CBM: Corr. acquis. time
(022 018) values range: (-0.2 s to 0.2 s), has been renamed to CBM:
C orr.a cqu.t. C B si g. and is now only a correction acquisition time value
affecting the position signal issued by the CB auxiliary contacts.
SFMON The S FMO N: TGFD mon. tri gge re d signal is now no longer permanently
listed in the alarm signal list.
Depending on the application this signal can now be configured using
parameterSFMON : Fct. as s ign. war nin g (021 030).
V<> The minimum value for the parameters below was changed from 0.2 to 0.02:
● V<>: Vneg> P Sx
o (076 023, 077 023, 078 023, 079 023)
● V<>: Vneg>> P Sx
o (076 024, 077 024, 078 024, 079 024)
Change of label text for the reference voltage (separate input) from “Vnom” to
“Vref,nom”.
MP In case of parameter switching (e.g. via LIMIT) the number of permitted motor
startups (3/2 – 2/1) is now correctly detected. The thermal replica, however, is
lost in this case.
I2> The settable lower limit for I2> is now 0.02·Inom (2%).
BTC Bug fixing:

● The contact position is now shown correctly for 3pos circuit breakers.
IEC Bug fixing:

● Comtrade in ASCII format; fault selection in IEC 61850 did not work
correctly.
● The first configured element was not transmitted in GOOSE.
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A6-47

A6.1.1.33 P139 ‑308 ‑414/415/416 ‑616-724

Release: 2010‒02‒05
Hardware
No changes.
Diagram
No changes.
Software
IEC Bug fixing:

● After an abort command with a wrong frame format the state of external
devices was no longer transmitted.
● The cause for the signal “Undefined opcode” during rapid successive
switching commands has been fixed.
● During a warm restart incorrect date and time data (initialization values)
was transmitted for a short time.
MP When switching between parameter subsets (e.g. via LIMIT) the number of
permitted motor startups (3/2 – 2/1) is now determined accurately. However,
the thermal replica is lost in this case.
ARC The ARC counter is reset with a supply voltage drop.
A6.1.1.34 P139 ‑309 ‑414/415/416 ‑631-726

Release: 2010‒04‒28
Hardware
No changes.
Diagram
No changes.
Software
IEC Bug fixing:

● Measured values were not always updated in GOOSE messages.
● The position of switchgear units (XSWI,XCBR) was transmitted by GOOSE
with the attribute ‘invalid’.
CBF Bug fixing:

● The associated signal CBF: Curre nt f l ow Phx would sometimes jitter
during an open command.
A6-48 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A6.1.1.35 P139 ‑308 ‑414/415/416 ‑617

Release: 2010‒07‒05
Hardware
No changes.
Diagram
No changes.
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A6-49

Software
MAIN In the case of direct motor control by motor relay K200 monitoring has been
modified.
With previous P139 software versions, the direction control contacts would open
in the following case: The K200 contacts have not opened until the end of the
command to the motor when the set monitoring time-delay had expired
(monitoring via binary signal input –U 706, signal SIG_1: Signal S0 12 EXT as
the standard setting). This reaction by the P139 (the previously permanent
feature) would result in interrupting the motor control command circuit and
thereby preventing an undefined switch position. However, this would involve
the danger of contact burn.
By setting the new selection parameter (221 111) MA IN: Cmd.en d f .K20 0
fa il . it is now possible to select whether the previous reaction (setting = Yes) or
a new behavior (setting = No) is effected.
In this new implementation option, the P139 issues respective fault signals when
the monitoring time delay has expired and the direction control contacts will
remain closed. (Note: This new feature bears the danger of an undefined switch
position!)
For this new implementation option, the following new logic state signals have
been added:
● (221 108) MAI N: K200 f ail. cmd. en d - This signal is issued if the K200
contacts have not opened after the set monitoring time-delay has elapsed.
● (221 109) MAI N: K200 f ail. cmd.start - This signal is issued if the K200
contacts have not closed after the set monitoring time-delay has elapsed.
● (221 110) MAI N: DE V op.ti me e xcee de d - This fault signal is issued
(as a group signal) when no positive position signal (status signal) has
been received from the external device after a command has been issued
and the set running time-delay has elapsed.
For further processing each of these new fault signals may be configured to
selection parameters from the function groups LED (assignment to LED
indicators), OUTP (assignment to output relays), LOGIC (processing by the
programmable logic function), COMMx / IEC / GOOSE (signaling via the control
system) or they may be mapped to the signal panel as an alarm signal.
Acknowledging from the local control panel HMI is done by pressing the CLEAR
(C) key.
The four 16 bit energy measured values, that existed for earlier software
versions and were then replaced by 32 bit energy measured values, have been
re-introduced, so that as of now, both the 16 bit and 32 bit values are available.
● (005 061) MAIN : Act.en ergy outp.prim
● (005 062) MA IN : Ac t.e ne r gy i np. prim
● (005 063) MA IN : Re act.e n. outp. prim
● (005 064) MA IN : React. e n. i np. prim
A6-50 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

LOC Freely selectable designations (similar to user defined external device

designations implemented with P139 -615) may now be assigned to busbars and
busbar sections. The designation wanted may be defined as open text at:
● (218 191) L OC: Bu s bar1 Name by Use r
● (218 192) LOC : Busbar2-NameUse r
● (218 193) L OC : Bus bar3-Name Us er
● (218 195) LOC: BB Se ct.1-NameU se r
● (218 196) LOC : B B Se ct.2-NameU se r
Bug notice:
● These parameters are only visible but not prepared for configuration. Full
functionality is supported as of P139 –631.
Bug fixing:
● The display Local/Remote in fields with the three position switches was
sometimes incorrect.
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A6-51

A6.1.1.36 P139 ‑308 ‑414/415/416 ‑614-725

Release: 2010‒07‒15
Hardware
No changes.
Diagram
No changes.
Software
IEC Bug fixing:

● It could occur sometimes that when the Ethernet switch was turned on the
Ethernet communication would not set in.
A6.1.1.37 P139 ‑308 ‑414/415/416 ‑617-727

Release: 2010‒08‒20
Hardware
No changes.
Diagram
No changes.
Software
IEC Bug fixing:

● It could occur sometimes that when the Ethernet switch was turned on the
Ethernet communication would not set in.
● Switching between parameter subsets could sometimes lead to an
interruption of communications.
LOC Bug fixing:

● When the ENTER key was pressed immediately after a cold restart
incorrect symbols could appear below the menu text on the display.
A6-52 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A6.1.1.38 P139 ‑309 ‑414/415/416 ‑632

Release: 2010‒08‒24
Hardware
No changes.
Diagram
No changes.
Software
MAIN The four 16 bit energy measured values, that existed for earlier software
versions and were then replaced by 32 bit energy measured values, have been
re-introduced, so that as of now, both the 16 bit and 32 bit values are available.
● (005 061) MA IN: Act.e ne rgy outp.prim
● (005 062) MA IN: A ct. en er gy i np. prim
● (005 063) MAI N: Re act.e n. outp. prim
● (005 064) MA IN: React. e n. i np. prim
LOC The descriptive text in English for the following parameters has been changed:
● (218 192) L OC : Bu sbar2 Name by Us e r
● (218 193) L OC: Bu sbar3 Name by Us er
The previous English descriptive texts – LOC: Bus bar#-NameUser, # = 2,3 –
differed from those used for LOC: Bus bar 1 Name by User which made
harmonization necessary.
Bug fixing:
● The display Local/Remote in fields with the three position switches was
sometimes incorrect.
● In case of a cold restart incorrect symbols could appear for a short time on
the display.
IEC Bug fixing:

● The IEC 61850 signal RBRF1 OpEx was not detected correctly.
SCDD Bug fixing:

● In operating mode SC DD: VNG> P Sx = Measured, the enabling
threshold was not considered correctly.
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A6-53

A6.1.1.39 P139 ‑308 ‑414/415/416 ‑614-728

Release: 2010‒09‒17
Hardware
No changes.
Diagram
No changes.
Software
IEC Bug fixing:

● During a warm/cold restart incorrect position signals for external devices
could be transmitted up to the time when the respective correct positions
had been determined and transmitted.
● Single-pole commands were rejected with the R & L <-> L operating
mode.
A6-54 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A6.1.1.40 P139 ‑308 ‑414/415/416 ‑618

Release: 2011‒02‒07
Hardware
New Schneider Electric design for the local control panel (HMI).
Diagram
No changes.
Software
PC The following parameter has been removed: P C: Name of m anufact ur er

(003 183).
Note: Compatibility even with older versions of the operating program continues
to be guaranteed.
COMM1 The data point (003 178) COMM1: -1 03 prot. variant may now be used to
select between the ‑103 protocol variants Private and Compatible. The protocol
variant Compatible corresponds to the VDEW implementation.
Note: As before this setting is hidden unless an IEC 60870-5 protocol is enabled.
The data point (003 214) COMM1: MOD BUS prot. variant may now be used
to select between the MODBUS protocol variants Private and Compatible. The
protocol variant Compatible corresponds to the MODBUS implementation in the
MiCOM Px20 and Px40 protection devices. The protocol variant Private
corresponds to the first implementation of the MODBUS protocol.
Note: As before this setting is hidden unless the MODBUS protocol is enabled.
Bug fixing:
● Measured energy values were not transmitted by the MODBUS protocol.
COMM1, COMM2 The menu points (003 161) C OMM1: Name of manufacturer and (103 161)
CO MM2: Name of manuf actu rer can no longer be set by using a selection
list but, for reasons of compatibility, they may now be defined as free text. The
default is SE but, in individual cases, it may become necessary to enter texts
differing from the default.
Notes:
● These parameters can only be set using the operating program and it is
not possible to set them locally using the integrated local control panel
(HMI). The maximum text length is 8 characters and designations
exceeding this will be truncated.
● The parameter CO MM1: Name of man uf acturer is hidden unless an
IEC 60870-5 protocol is enabled.
IEC Bug fixing:

● Single-pole commands were rejected by the IEC 61850 server when the
control point in the device is set to “R & L” (local and remote control)
operating mode.
● Time initialization problems with IEC 61850.
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A6-55

MCMON Setting menu point (017 023) MCMON: Ope rate delay = Blocked is now
supported.
Enhanced accuracy with monitoring of Vmin<.
Bug fixing:
● Monitoring of Vmin< was stopped by (040 000) MAI N: Gen eral s tar t ing.
I2> The threshold for the input current was decreased from 0.1·Inom to 0.01·Inom.
A6-56 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A6.1.1.41 P139 ‑309 ‑414/415/416 ‑633

Release: 2011‒02‒07
Hardware
New Schneider Electric design for the local control panel (HMI).
Diagram
No changes.
Software
IEC Bug fixing:

● Measured values were not always updated in GOOSE messages.
● Single-pole commands were rejected by the IEC 61850 server when the
control point in the device is set to “R & L” (local and remote control)
operating mode.
● Time initialization problems with IEC 61850.
● Underfrequency protection signals were not transmitted.
PC The following parameter has been removed: PC: Name of manufact urer
(003 183).
Note: Compatibility even with older versions of the operating program continues
to be guaranteed.
COMM1 The data point (003 178) COMM1: -103 prot. va riant may now be used to
select between the ‑103 protocol variants Private and Compatible. The protocol
variant Compatible corresponds to the VDEW implementation.
Note: As before this setting is hidden unless an IEC 60870-5 protocol is enabled.
The data point (003 214) COMM1: MODBUS prot. variant may now be used
to select between the MODBUS protocol variants Private and Compatible. The
protocol variant Compatible corresponds to the MODBUS implementation in the
MiCOM Px20 and Px40 protection devices. The protocol variant Private
corresponds to the first implementation of the MODBUS protocol.
Note: As before this setting is hidden unless the MODBUS protocol is enabled.
Bug fixing:
● Measured energy values were not transmitted by the MODBUS protocol.
COMM1, COMM2 The menu points (003 161) COMM1: Name of m anufacturer and (103 161)
COMM2: N am e of m anu factur er can no longer be set by using a selection
list but, for reasons of compatibility, they may now be defined as free text. The
default is SE but, in individual cases, it may become necessary to enter texts
differing from the default.
Notes:
● These parameters can only be set using the operating program and it is
not possible to set them locally using the integrated local control panel
(HMI). The maximum text length is 8 characters and designations
exceeding this will be truncated.
● The parameter COMM1: Name of manu fact ure r is hidden unless an
IEC 60870-5 protocol is enabled.
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A6-57

DTOC Bug fixing:

● The setting options Calculated / Measured for the following parameters
were operational only when these parameters were set differently from
each other: (072 128) DTO C: Eval . IN> P Sx, (007 239) DTOC: Ev al.
IN >> PS x, (007 243) D TOC: Eval. IN>>> PSx.
MCMON Setting menu point (017 023) MCMON: Operate delay = Blocked is now
supported.
Enhanced accuracy with monitoring of Vmin<.
Bug fixing:
● Monitoring of Vmin< was stopped by (040 000) MAI N: Gen eral s tart ing.
● The value set for menu point (014 012) MCMON: Oper. delay F F,
Vref was ignored (e.g. the “Fuse Failure” monitoring function of the
reference voltage was triggered without delay).
GOOSE Bug fixing:

● Contact positions from switchgear units (XSWI, XCBR) were transmitted by
GOOSE with the attribute invalid.
A6-58 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A6.1.1.42 P139 ‑308 ‑414/415/416 ‑618-729

Release: 2011‒11‒14
Hardware
No changes.
Diagram
No changes.
Software
IEC Bug fixing:

● If single-pole signals of function group SIG_1 were active during device
startup, this could lead to an aborted initialization of the Ethernet
communication module.
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A6-59

A6.1.1.43 P139 ‑310 ‑417/418/419 ‑634

Release: 2011‒11‒24
Hardware
Slot 3 of the P139 can now also be fitted with the binary module X(24I) or with
the analog module Y(4I). (See the Supporting Document for details.)
The P139 is now by default available with the serial graphical display and with
multi-colored LEDs.
(The variant with detachable graphical display (DHMI) is available as an
alternative option.)
Diagram
The diagrams document the new fitting variants, which are described above.
● P139 -417: case 40 TE, pin-terminal connection
● P139 -418: case 40 TE, CT/VT ring-, I/O pin-terminal connection
● P139 -419: case 84 TE, ring-terminal connection
Software
This software version is available in the following language variants:
● German + English (order option -801),
● French + English (order option -802),
● Spanish + English (order option -803),
● Polish + English (order option -804),
● Russian + English (order option -805).
A6-60 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

MAIN In the case of direct motor control by motor relay K200 monitoring has been
modified.
With previous P139 software versions, the direction control contacts would open
in the following case: The K200 contacts have not opened until the end of the
command to the motor when the set monitoring time-delay had expired
(monitoring via binary signal input –U 706, signal SIG_1: Signal S0 12 EXT as
the standard setting). This reaction by the P139 (the previously permanent
feature) would result in interrupting the motor control command circuit and
thereby preventing an undefined switch position. However, this would involve
the danger of contact burn.
By setting the new selection parameter (221 111) M AIN: Cmd.end f .K 20 0
fa il. it is now possible to select whether the previous reaction (setting = Yes) or
a new behavior (setting = No) is effected.
In this new implementation option, the P139 issues respective fault signals when
the monitoring time delay has expired and the direction control contacts will
remain closed. (Note: This new feature bears the danger of an undefined switch
position!)
For this new implementation option, the following new logic state signals have
been added:
● (221 108) MA IN: K200 fail . cmd. e nd - This signal is issued if the K200
contacts have not opened after the set monitoring time-delay has elapsed.
● (221 109) MA IN: K200 fail . cmd. start - This signal is issued if the K200
contacts have not closed after the set monitoring time-delay has elapsed.
● (221 110) MA IN: DEV op.time exce e de d - This fault signal is issued
(as a group signal) when no positive position signal (status signal) has
been received from the external device after a command has been issued
and the set running time-delay has elapsed.
For further processing each of these new fault signals may be configured to
selection parameters from the function groups LED (assignment to LED
indicators), OUTP (assignment to output relays), LOGIC (processing by the
programmable logic function), COMMx / IEC / GOOSE (signaling via the control
system) or they may be mapped to the signal panel as an alarm signal.
Acknowledging from the local control panel HMI is done by pressing the CLEAR
(C) key.
Bug fixing:
● The minimum value was corrected for the following power measurement
parameters:
o (005 025) MA IN: A ppar. pow er S pri m.
o (004 050) MA IN: Active powe r P pri m.
o (004 052) MA IN: Re ac. pow er Q prim.
IEC Bug fixing:

● The cause of a potential problem with the initialization of communication
in case of activated function group SIG_1 was fixed.
● One of the possible transmission values of AddCause was altered.
DTOC, IDMT In case of a short-time triggering of the inrush stabilization the DTOC/IDMT
timers are no longer reset.
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A6-61

MAIN, DEVxx The following new configuration parameters allow for defining monitoring timers
for the switchgear units:
(210 007) DEV0 1: StartC mdTi me s u pe rv.
(210 057) DEV 0 2: StartC mdTime superv.
(210 107) DE V0 3: St artC mdTi me s u pe rv.
(settable in the range 0.1 s … 10.0 s, default: blocked)
After sending an Open / Close command, the corresponding timer starts. If the
switchgear unit has not reached its intermediate position after this time has
elapsed then the command is deactivated.
In case of a switchgear unit for which it is (almost) impossible to detect the
intermediate position it is recommended to switch off this monitoring by setting
the parameter to blocked.
If the monitoring is active then an exceeded timer is flagged by the new logic
state signal (221 112) MAIN: Startcmdtim e exc eed..
A6-62 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A6.1.1.44 P139 ‑311 ‑417/418/419 ‑634

Release: 2012‒01‒04
Hardware
The P139 is now fitted with an improved power supply module.
Note that the voltage range has changed for DC input:
● For the DC / AC variant, the range is
o now 60 … 250 VDC / 100 ... 230 VAC
o (previously 48 … 250 VDC / 100 ... 230 VAC).
● For the DC-only variant, the range is
o now 24 … 60 VDC
o (previously 24 VDC).
Diagram
No changes (compared to P139 -310 -634).
Software
A6.1.1.45 P139 ‑308 ‑414/415/416 ‑616-733

Release: 2012‒01‒27
Hardware
No changes.
Diagram
No changes.
Software
IEC Bug fixing:

● During the process of connection with clients that use the “IntegrityPeriod”
option, sporadically the MMS communication of the Ethernet
communication module would crash without an internal monitoring
response to re-establish the functionality. (GOOSE messaging and other
communication tasks were not affected.)
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A6-63

A6.1.1.46 P139 ‑308 ‑414/415/416 ‑618-734

Release: 2012‒01‒27
Hardware
No changes.
Diagram
No changes.
Software
IEC Bug fixing:

● Upon receiving a “Cancel” command while a switchgear device is selected,
a positive acknowledgement response (“Ack OK”) is sent. Previously, a
“Negative ack” was sent.
● If clients did connect to the device immediately after completion of
Ethernet communication module startup, this could lead to the temporary
erroneous reporting of default values for the external device status
(DEVxx) and of the single-pole signals (SIG_1).
● If a close command could not be performed because of a rejection from
the sync-check function, the command termination message is now sent
with the correct “Block by Synchrocheck” (11) acknowledgement code
number. Previously, code (16) “Timeout” was sent instead.
● Reports of events could get lost if too many state changes occurred in a
short period of time, especially during secondary injection testing.
GOOSE The GOOSE Time Allowed to Live (TAL) supervision is enhanced with respect to
simultaneous state changes of multiple GOOSE messages.
PC, COMM2 Bug fixing:

● If clients did connect to the device immediately after startup of the
Ethernet communication module, the initialization of the second internal
communication interface could remain incomplete. As a consequence,
access by the operating program via the COMM2 interface or by tunneling
was not possible in this case.
A6-64 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A6.1.1.47 P139 ‑312 ‑420/421/422 ‑634

Release: 2012‒01‒30
Hardware
A new communication module (“REB” = “Redundant Ethernet Board”) is now
available as an ordering option.
This module can be used for redundant communication via IEC 61850 and may
be fitted to slot 2, as an alternative to the other communication modules. The
following communication protocols are supported:
● SHP (Self-Healing Protocol).
● RSTP (Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol).
● DHP (Dual-Homing Protocol).
A detailed description of the module and the appropriate network connections is
available as a separate document (“Redundant Ethernet Board, Application
Guide”).
Diagram
No changes.
Software
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A6-65

A6.1.1.48 P139 ‑312 ‑420/421/422 ‑634-732

Release: 2012‒02‒01
Hardware
Diagram
Software
IEC The Originator Category information is now extensively supported for control
commands.
Bug fixing:
● Upon receiving a “Cancel” command while a switchgear device is selected,
a positive acknowledgement response (“Ack OK”) is sent. Previously, a
“Negative ack” was sent.
● If clients did connect to the device immediately after completion of
Ethernet communication module startup, this could lead to the temporary
erroneous reporting of default values for the external device status
(DEVxx) and of the single-pole signals (SIG_1).
● If a close command could not be performed because of a rejection from
the sync-check function, the command termination message is now sent
with the correct “Block by Synchrocheck” (11) acknowledgement code
number. Previously, code (16) “Timeout” was sent instead.
● Reports of events could get lost if too many state changes occurred in a
short period of time, especially during secondary injection testing.
● Events that occured after a communication link had been interrupted and
before this interruption had been detected by the server, were not sent as
“Buffered reports” after the connection was re-established.
GOOSE The GOOSE Time Allowed to Live (TAL) supervision is enhanced with respect to
simultaneous state changes of multiple GOOSE messages.
PC, COMM2 Bug fixing:

● If clients did connect to the device immediately after startup of the
Ethernet communication module, the initialization of the second internal
communication interface could remain incomplete. As a consequence,
access by the operating program via the COMM2 interface or by tunneling
was not possible in this case.
A6-66 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A6.1.1.49 P139 ‑312 ‑420/421/422 ‑634-735

Release: 2012‒06‒19
Hardware
No changes.
Diagram
No changes.
Software
IEC Bug fixing:

● Modification of sending time tag after change of Data Object Position (DO
Pos.): The time tag is now modified only after a change of the attribute
Pos.stVal.
● The P139 stopped randomly to send an integrity report at midnight.
● Mirroring of time in report CSWI$ST$Pos$t sent by the P139 with the time
coming from a select-control by an IEC client (SBOw$T) is now in line with
the standard.
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A6-67

A6.1.1.50 P139 ‑312 ‑420/421/422 ‑634-736

Release: 2013‒01‒21
Hardware
No changes.
Diagram
No changes.
Software
IEC Bug fixing:

● If single-pole signals of function group SIG_1 were active during device
startup, this could lead to an aborted initialization of the Ethernet
communication module.
● Potential conflict solved when executing ILOCK checks simultaneously
because of cyclic updating and control command trigger.
● The order of answers is now inversed in the case of AddCase=10 (Blocked
by interlocking).
● BRCB (i.e. Buffered Report Control Blocks) reporting no longer stops after
10 minutes.
● For two-pole state signals, the fault status (00 or 11) report to the HMI is
no longer repeated by IEC 61850.
GOOSE Bug fixing:

● GOOSE Publishing failure for switch gear positions assigned with GOOSE
function assignment (Output xx fct.assig).
A6.1.1.51 P139 ‑312 ‑420/421/422 ‑634-737

Release: 2013‒03‒22
Hardware
No changes.
Diagram
No changes.
Software
GSSE Bug fixing:

● GSSE connection was lost within 1 week or after system warm restart.
A6-68 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A6.1.1.52 P139 ‑313 ‑420/421/422 ‑650

Release: 2013‒06‒17
Hardware
The P139 is now fitted with an improved processor module.
Diagram
No changes.
Software
New MiCOM P30 platform software.
Many parameter labels have been modified so that they harmonize with other
MiCOM P30 devices.
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A6-69

MAIN DTOC and IDMT with settable inrush stabilization per parameter subset:
Stabilization selectable per stage (Phase; E/F and I2 stages): MAI N:
Funct.Rush restr.P Sx (017 093, 017 064, 017 082, 017 083).
Settable maximum timer, for which inrush stabilization should be effective:
Blocked (w/o timer) or settable from 0.01 to 10s. (019 001, 019 002, 019 003,
019 004) MAIN : t li ft rus h rs tr.P Sx.
The previously available parameters (003 039) MA IN : Warm rest art und
(000 085) MAI N: Col d re start have been relabeled MA IN: Soft Warm
resta rt and MAIN : Sof t Cold re start, respectively. They still trigger a restart
of the device, but now the hardware tests are not carried out anymore during
the startup phase. (This way the restart needs less time.)
For a restart including hardware tests, the following new parameters can now be
used:
● (010 166) MAI N: W arm re start
● (009 254) MA IN : C ol d res tart
A setting for the release time of the enable for the manual close command is
now available:
● (003 088) MAIN : Re l.t . e nab. man. cmd
The manual trip command is enabled by:
● (003 105) MA IN : En .man .cl os.cmd.U SER
The enabling is signaled by the following new signal:
● (039 113) MAIN : Man. cl. cmd. en abl .
There is a pole-selective monitoring of the CB status signals available now (in
addition to the previously existing 3p monitoring).
New input signals:
● (031 029) MAI N: CB clos e d A EXT
● (031 030) MAI N: CB cl ose d B EXT
● (031 031) MAI N: CB clos e d C EXT
New logic state signals:
● (031 032) MA IN : C B open A
● (031 033) MAIN : CB ope n B
● (031 034) MAIN : CB ope n C
● (031 035) MAI N: CB close d A
● (031 036) MA IN : C B clos ed B
● (031 037) MA IN : C B cl ose d C
Note: The plausibility check operates with pole-selective monitoring only.
There is a phase-selective current flow monitoring available now, identical to but
independent of that in function group CBF.
● (010 223) MA IN : C urr en t flow A
● (010 224) MAI N: Curre nt fl ow B
● (010 225) MA IN : Cu rren t flow C
The setting for the neutral-point treatment of the system, MA IN: Neut r.pt .
tre at . PSx, is only used with the ASC, so that it is now visible only if the
function group ASC is configured. Moreover, the set of select options has been
restricted to those which are relevant for the application.
A6-70 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

DVICE Instead of one parameter for the software version (previously: (002 120)
DVI CE: Sof t ware ve rsion) the version numbers ‑6XX and ‑7XX are now
separately stored in two new parameters:
● (010 167) DVIC E: Sof tware ve rsi on 6X X
● (010 168) D VI CE: Sof tware ve rsi on 7XX
PC, DVICE It is now possible to upload new firmware into the device via the TCP/IP protocol.
For this purpose there are several new network settings that are not identical to
the ones already existing within function group IEC:
● (111 004) PC : IP addre ss
o (111 005) PC: IP addre ss 1
o (111 006) PC: IP addre ss 2
o (111 006) P C : IP addre ss 3
● (111 008) PC: Subne t m ask
o (111 009) PC: Subn et mask 1
o (111 010) PC : Su bne t mas k 2
o (111 011) PC: Subne t mas k 3
● (111 016) PC: IP addre ss mode
● (111 017) PC : IP E nabl e confi g.
For testing purposes, information parameters store the updated network
settings for this firmware uploading network.
● (111 000) DV IC E: IP addre ss
● (111 001) DV IC E: Su bne t mask
● (111 003) DVICE : MA C addre s s
IEC The number of clients for a report has been increased: An unbuffered report
(urcbA … urcbP) can be allocated to max. 8 clients (previously: 1), and a
buffered report (brcbA … brcbH) can be allocated to max. 4 clients (previously:
1).
FT_DA The following measured fault data values have been introduced:
● (010 198) FT_DA : Fau lt type
● (010 217) FT_D A: Fl t.volt. PG/P P prim
● (010 199) F T_DA : F aul t curre nt P pr im
● (010 216) FT_D A: Fau lt curr. N pri m.
The parameters for the load data have been removed:
● (004 037) FT_DA : Load impe d. post-f lt.
● (004 038) F T_D A : L oad angl e pos t-f lt .
● (004 039) FT_DA : Res id.curr . pos t-fl t
The fault location may now be determined, based solely on a ground starting
condition (without a general starting). For this the P139 determines all three
phase-to-ground loop impedances and then provides the fault location based on
the reactance of the measurement loop with the lowest impedance value.
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A6-71

ASC There are separate parameters now for the manual close command and the
auto-reclose control.
The previously available parameters for the close enable conditions have been
relabeled such that the letters “AR” (for auto-reclose control) are now part of
the label, and there is a corresponding set of new “MC” (for manual close
command) parameters.
MP With the new parameter MP: Re tain re pl i ca P Sx (009 046, 009 250,
009 251, 009 252) it can now be configured whether the thermal replica is
retained in the non-volatile section of the device’s memory so that it will still be
available after an interruption of the supply voltage.
THERM With the new parameter TH ERM: Re tain re pl ica PSx (009 019, 009 030,
009 032, 009 039) it can now be configured whether the thermal replica is
retained in the non-volatile section of the device’s memory so that it will still be
available after an interruption of the supply voltage.
V<> Stages V>>>, V<<<, Vref>>> and Vref<<< have been added, including a separate
timer for each of these new stages.
For all three phase stages the 3p logic OR and AND results are signaled.
CBF It is now possible to also use the residual current (measured or calculated) as an
additional criterion for “circuit breaker open”.
The following setting parameters are new:
● (022 184) CBF : Evaluati on IN
● (022 180) C BF: IN<
The signal (038 235) C BF: Curre nt fl ow N = Yes flags that the residual
current IE is greater than the setting CBF: IN<.
ILOCK The new parameter (250 102) IL OCK: F uncti on group IL OCK allows for
cancelling (or configuring) the function group ILOCK. (Previously, this function
group was always enabled.)
LOG_2 There is a new function group LOG_2 (Programmable Logic 2). It is identical to
the previously available function group LOGIC, but it offers only four logical
equations. These, however, have long-term timers, settable from 0 to 60000 s
(= 16 hours, 40 minutes).
COUNT The number of binary counters has been increased to 4.

The setting values of the cycle time for the count transmission – (217 007)
C OUNT: C ycle t .count tr ans m – has been modified:
Previously, this was a numerical parameter, the setting values could be in the
range 0 to 60 [minutes]. Now there is an option table assigned to this
parameter, which offers a variety of time values.
A6-72 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A6.1.1.53 P139 ‑313 ‑420/421/422 ‑651

Release: 2013‒06‒17
Hardware
No changes.
Diagram
No changes.
Software
COUNT The 4 counters have been equipped with individual debounce timers and limit
monitoring.
Settable limit thresholds and related alarm signals for counter values have been
implemented:
● Setting parameters:
COUNT: Limi t cou nter 1 (217 221) … COUNT: Limit counter 4
(217 224)
● Alarm signals:
C OU NT: W ar nin g cou nt 1 (217 191) … COUNT: Warning count 4
(217 194)
DVICE A “Select before operate (SBO)” operating mode interface has been
implemented as further alternative for local control via HMI (LOC), in addition to
the previously existing “Direct Mode”. Two new options are available with
different graphic visualization.
Setting parameter: LOC: Ope ration m ode (011 240)
Setting options: LOC Direct, LOC SBO option 1, LOC SBO option 2
LED There is a new operating mode ES Alarmunit:

If this is set, the LED starts flashing with the first signal edge of the assigned
signal.
If this is acknowledged (i.e. the LED is reset), although the assigned signal is still
active, then the LED changes to continuous light, and if the signal disappears
later on, then the LED goes off.
If the flashing LED is acknowledged (i.e. the LED is reset) and the assigned
signal is no longer present, the LED immediately goes off.
MAIN A signal for the indication of chatter suppression start has been implemented:
MAIN: Ch att.suppr. s tarte d (221 121)
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A6-73

DTOC Under voltage controlled Phase Over-Current protection has been implemented.
Each of the three phase over-current stages can be applied now with a settable
V< (I>) release stage.
Setting parameters:
● D TOC : V< ( I>) P Sx (011 244)
● DTOC: V< (I >>) PSx (011 248)
● DTOC: V< (I >>>) PSx (011 252)
The default value of each of these parameters is blocked, which turns off the
voltage control.
MP The parameter MP : Pre -c los e time lef t shows the remaining time until the
next start-up procedure will be released. This parameter is supported by the
DNP 3.0 protocol, too.
Control (DEVxx, There is a new alarm signal for “switchgear operating time exceeded”: MAIN:
MAIN) DE V op.ti me exce eded
This signal is issued if the switching command is not successfully reset within
the set operation time by switchgear position indication or an external run-back
signal.
There is a new setting parameter, MAI N: ext.cmd. term. w /o PI (221 115), to
configure whether an “external termination” of the switching command is also
done based on position indication, or if only an external termination signal is
accepted.
DEVxx In addition to the direct motor control principle based on fixed logic (K200),
three configurable setting parameters have been implemented:
● (202 004) C MD _1: CMD_DC1 confi g. — with impulse characteristic
CMD _1: C MD_D C1 con fig. is for direct control of command starting
sequence only; additional original high precision contacts are used for
command reset and for disconnecting the power circuit of the motor drive.
● (202 009) C MD _1: CMD_DC2 conf ig. — without check back signal
● (202 014) C MD _1: CMD_D C3 config. — with check back signal
An operating counter and a settable limit threshold with related alarm signal has
been implemented for each DEVxx:
● (210 043) DEV01: Ope ration cou n ter … (211 243) D EV 1 0:
Operati on counte r
● (218 211) D EV01: Oper. count.li mi t … (218 220) D EV 10:
Oper .count .limi t
● (219 081) DE V01: War ni ng op.count. … (219 090) D EV 1 0: Warning
op.count.
There are two new setting parameters available for each device, which can be
used for blocking any open / close operation of the switchgear unit. These
parameters are not affected by interlocking conditions.
● (218 120) DEV0 1: Block cmd open … (218 129) DE V1 0: Block cmd
op en
● (218 160) DE V01: Block cmd clos e … (218 169) D EV 10: Block cmd
close
A6-74 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

TPD1 … TPD4 Four virtual devices have been implemented, for the configuration of Three
Position Switchgear devices (TPD) using one common motor drive for
Disconnector and Earthing Switch. There is a fixed logic to prevent wrong
operation commands and to handle different switchgear positions during
clockwise or anti-clockwise operation.
An operating counter, settable limit thresholds and related alarm signals have
been implemented for the TPDx.
SIG_1 The number of SIG_1 input signals has been extended to 64. However, this
requires that two hardware modules of type X(24I) are fitted.
ILOCK With the ILOCK function assignments there are now also voltage and current
thresholds of the function group LIMIT selectable.
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A6-75

A6.1.1.54 P139 ‑308 ‑414/415/416 ‑618-739

Release: 2013‒07‒03
Hardware
No changes.
Diagram
No changes.
Software
COMM1 Bug fixing:

● After activation and subsequent deactivation of the signal and
measurement blocking (COMM1: Si g./meas . block EXT) it was no
longer possible to control switchgear units via IEC 60870-5-103 (master)
protocol.
A6.1.1.55 P139 ‑312 ‑420/421/422 ‑634-738

Release: 2013‒07‒09
Hardware
No changes.
Diagram
No changes.
Software
COMM1 Bug fixing:

● After activation and subsequent deactivation of the signal and
measurement blocking (CO MM1: Si g./me as . block EXT) it was no
longer possible to control switchgear units via IEC 60870-5-103 (master)
protocol.
IEC Bug fixing:

● The fault impedance was not properly transmitted via the IEC 61850
protocol if Inom = 5 A.
A6-76 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A6.1.1.56 P139 ‑313 ‑420/421/422 ‑650-701

Release: 2013‒07‒18
Hardware
No changes.
Diagram
No changes.
Software
Remark: This software version replaces (and corrects) software version ‑650.
The bugs fixed with this version did not appear in any software version other
than ‑650.
DVICE Bug fixing:

● The MAC address could not be set, and the download of the firmware via
Ethernet was not possible.
● It could happen that no configuration could be loaded via the operating
program.
IEC Bug fixing:

● Counter values were not transmitted via IEC 61850 protocol.
A6.1.1.57 P139 ‑313 ‑420/421/422 ‑651-701

Release: 2013‒09‒26
Hardware
No changes.
Diagram
No changes.
Software
OUTP Bug fixing:

● Output relay K608 did not operate correctly.
A6.1.1.58 P139 ‑313 ‑420/421/422 ‑651-702

Release: 2015‒10‒21
Hardware
No changes.
Diagram
No changes.
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A6-77

Software
COMM1 Bug fixing:

● In some cases the transfer of the DNP3.0 configuration to the
communication board failed or was not complete.
A6-78 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A6.1.1.59 P139 ‑313 ‑420/421/422 ‑652

Release: 2014‒03‒19
Hardware
No changes.
Diagram
No changes.
Software
GOOSE The number of GOOSE inputs has been extended to 128:

Extension of available GOOSE inputs from 32x 1-pole/32x 2-pole to 128 GOOSE
inputs configurable in the IED Configurator tool. Max. 128x 1-pole binary signals
freely configurable in the device or alternatively up to max. 128x 2-pole
switchgear position indications for using the Control/Interlocking conditions.
GSSE The function group GSSE has been removed from the data model, because its
functionality has been replaced by the extended GOOSE input option.
COMM1 Signal and Command Blocking integrated in the General Interrogation for
protocols IEC 60870-5-101 and -103.
TGFD Minimum value for the VNG> release threshold extended down to 0.05 Vnom/
√3.
OUTP Bug fixing:

● States of output relays are now stored after power off/on cycle.
LED Bug fixing:

● LED states are now stored after power off/on cycle.
MAIN Bug fixing:

● Measured energy values are now stored after power off/on cycle.
CBM Bug fixing:

● CBM measured values are now stored after power off/on cycle.
IEC Bug fixing:

● Upon cold restart the MCL configuration of the Ethernet board is now
deleted.
ASC Bug fixing:

● ASC now generates close command after triggering ASC: MC C lose
re quest EXT (037 062) via binary input.
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A6-79

LOGIC The number of logic outputs (equations) has been extended to 128.
BTC The Bay Type Configurator (BTC) tool has been enhanced with new features for
the creation of customized bay types:
● Integration of new Binary I/O module options available on slot 9/10 for
40TE (or slot 18/20 for 84TE): X(4H), X(6O), X(3I 6O).
● Integration of new module option 2nd X(24I) available on slot 3.
● Extension to 64 binary signals in Function Group SIG_1.
● New command type for direct control using the High Break Contacts of
module X(4H).
A6-80 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A6.1.1.60 P139 ‑313 ‑420/421/422 ‑652-701

Release: 2014‒06‒18
Hardware
No changes.
Diagram
No changes.
Software
COMM3 Bug fixing:

● The InterMiCOM test signal now works when executing (120 053) COM M3 :
Send signal , test.
Device Bug fixing:

● If MAI N: Funct.Ru sh re s tr.P Sx was used and PSS: Param.subs.se l.
US ER was transferred to the P139 (or selected via local control panel) a
wrong calculation of the checksum of the NVRAM was performed, which
led to a storage area violation and therefore to a cold restart.
This affected all software versions as of P139 ‑650.
A6.1.1.61 P139 ‑312 ‑420/421/422 ‑634-741

Release: 2014‒08‒25
Hardware
No changes.
Diagram
No changes.
Software
Device Bug fixing:

● With the binary module X(6I 6H) being fitted on slot 7 the P139 ‑634 did
not accept the RTD board (analog module with 9 temperature sensors).
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A6-81

A6.1.1.62 P139 ‑314 ‑420/421/422 ‑653

Release: 2015‒01‒22
Hardware
The Redundancy Ethernet Board (REB) can now be ordered with an additional
redundancy protocol: PRP (Parallel Redundancy Protocol) is available now as an
alternative to RSTP, SHP or DHP.
Diagram
No changes.
Software
V_LOG The new timer (221 123) IL OC K: Rs et IL OC K violation can be (optionally)

used to activate an automatic reset of the signal (221 018) MA IN: In ter lock
equ. viol..
DEVxx Bug fixing:

● With the binary module X(6I 8O) being fitted the transmission of a close
command via IEC 60870-5-103 was blocked.
DTOC, IDMTx New setting parameters allow to select for each overcurrent stage of the phase
and the residual currents whether the starting decision shall be based on the
fundamental or on the r.m.s. value.
Remark: For the negative-sequence stages, the starting decision is always
based on the fundamental.
The following settings are new:
● (060 002) DTOC: Me as. valu e I/I E> PSx
● (060 006) D TOC: Me as.val . I/IE>> P Sx
● (060 010) DTOC: Me as. val. I/I E>>> PSx
● (060 014) DTOC: Meas .v. I/I E>>>> PSx
● (060 018) I D MT1: Me as. valu e I/I E PSx
● (060 022) I D MT2: Me as. valu e I/I E PSx
A6-82 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A6.1.1.63 P139 ‑315 ‑423/424/425 ‑654

Release: 2015‒02‒27
Hardware
Optionally, a binary module of type X(6I/8O) can now be fitted in slot 8 (40 TE
case) or slot 16 (84 TE case), respectively.
Diagram
The updated diagrams now include the additional binary module.
Software
DTOC, IDMT1, IDMT2 I0 elimination has now been introduced for the overcurrent protection.
DTOC: The following addresses are new:
● DTO C: I 0 El imi n. I> P Sx (013 150, 013 151, 013 152, 013 153)
● DTOC : I0 Elimin. I >> P Sx (013 154, 013 155, 013 156, 013 157)
● DTOC: I 0 Eli mi n. I>>> P Sx (013 158, 013 159, 013 160, 013 161)
with the settings:
o without
o with I0 calculated
o with I0 measured
IDMTx: The following addresses are new:
● I DMT1 : I 0 Elimi n. I> PSx (013 166, 013 167, 013 168, 013 169)
● I DM T2: I 0 El imin . I> PSx (013 170, 013 171, 013 172, 013 173)
with the settings:
o without
o with I0 calculated
o with I0 measured
A new setting Calc with I0 elim. has been introduced for the following addresses:
● D TOC: Ev al. I N> PSx (072 128, 073 128, 074 128, 075 128)
● DTOC: Eval. I N>> P Sx (007 239, 007 240, 007 241, 007 242)
● DTOC: Eval. I N>>> P Sx (007 243, 007 244, 007 245, 007 246)
● I DMT1: Ev alu ati on IN P Sx (072 075, 073 075, 074 075, 075 075)
● I DM T2: E val uation I N PSx (071 040, 071 041, 071 042, 071 043)
For an explanation of these addresses and settings, see the “Settings” chapter.
THERM The thermal overload protection can now also be applied to the earth current.
The following settings are new:
● T HERM: Select cur re nt P Sx (013 139, 013 140, 013 141, 013 142)
o Max. phase current
o IN calculated
o IN measured
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A6-83

f<> A 5th frequency stage (f5) has now been introduced for over-/underfrequency
protection.
A6-84 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A6.1.1.64 P139 ‑315 ‑423/424/425 ‑655

Release: 2015‒09‒03
Hardware
No changes.
Diagram
No changes.
Software
COMM1 Bug fixing:

● IEC 60870-5-103 protocol: Wrong energy measurement values were
transmitted (affected versions from -650).
● IEC 60870-5-101 protocol: Activation of COMM1: Sig./meas. block EXT
signal results in rebooting of the device (affected versions from -650).
GOOSE Bug fixing:

● Correction of Invalidity Quality bits sent with GOOSE messages.
Control Bug fixing:

● After some time, it could happen that all controls (time synchronization,
LED reset, operation of switchgear devices, etc.) were delayed by approx.
20 seconds, which could then be Fixed only by a restart (affected versions
from -650).
MAIN Enhancement of operation with 2 phase CT interface connection (011 226)

MAI N: D TOC /IDMT 2phas e. By setting it can now be selected, whether phase
B starting will be suppressed or not.
DTOC The new setting Start with direction detection (016 105) DTOC: Start w .
D ir ect. PS1 determines the starting condition for directional OC stages:
● With setting Yes starting takes place only, if the current exceeds the start
threshold AND the measured direction is equal to the set direction of the
OC stages.
● With setting No starting takes place, if the current exceeds the start
threshold.
Additional 4th DTOC stages for phase and negative sequence currents have
been implemented.
IDMT1 A time setting (013 143) ID MT1: Tim e Correcti on PS1 has been
implemented to provide compensation of the function starting time and thus
harmonizing operation time with other installed devices. A negative setting will
reduce the tripping time, a positive setting will prolong the tripping time
accordingly.
This feature is only needed in applications with potentially very short tripping
times (i.e. extremely inverse characteristics, small time dial factors, high I/Iref
ratio).
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A6-85

ARC Implementation of 4 counters for successful and unsuccessful auto-reclose

cycles:
(016 198) AR C : N o. HSR s ucce ssf ul (O-C cycle)
(016 199) ARC : N o. HSR un s ucce ssf ul (O-C-O cycle)
(016 211) ARC : N o. TDR s ucce ssf ul (O-C-O-C cycle)
(016 212) AR C : N o. TDR un s ucce ssf ul (O-C-O-C-O cycle)
The existing counters for numbers of HSR cycles (004 007) A RC: Number HSR
A-B-C and for TDR cycles (004 008) A RC: Number TDR remain available.
GFDSS A further operating mode could be selected which provides parallel operation of
wattmetric and neutral admittance methods.
Accordingly both methods provide separate signals, which are OR combined to
form the existing ground fault signals, e.g.
(009 037) GF D SS: Grd. fau lt pow./adm.
= (016 103) GFDS S: Grd. fau lt power
OR (016 138) GFD SS: Grd. f aul t adm.
TGFD Bug fixing:

● Correct signalling of TGFD not ready, if nominal frequency is set to 60 Hz.
Pf< Implementation of a dedicated function group that provides under frequency

load shedding (UFLS) depending on active power flow direction according to
German FNN Lastenheft AFE, June 2012.
QV Implementation of a dedicated function group that provides 3pole undervoltage

protection depending on reactive power direction, specifically required for
connecting windfarms to the power system according to German FNN
Lastenheft QU-Schutz, Feb. 2010.
CBM Bug fixing:

● A hysteresis for current flow monitoring is now implemented.
TIMER Implementation of a new function group that provides 4 time switches, all freely
settable to be active for one period on any or several days of the week.
A6-86 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A6.1.1.65 P139 ‑315 ‑423/424/425 ‑655 ‑701

Release: 2015‒09‒14
Hardware
No changes.
Diagram
No changes.
Software
COMM1 Bug fixing:

● Protocol IEC 60870‑103: Test of sending spontaneous signals with 'start'
information was not executed.
● Protocol Modbus: Correction of single pole commands without response.
TIMER Bug fixing:

● Correction of invalid memory reference (affected P139-655.00 only).
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A6-87

A6.2 Version History – Easergy MiCOM 30
A6.2.1 P139 ‑315 ‑4xx ‑656 ff
A6.2.1.1 P139 ‑315 ‑423/424/425 ‑656

Release: 2015‒03‒07
Hardware
No changes.
Diagram
No changes.
Software
COMM1 Bug fixing:

● DNP3.0 protocol: After a warm restart of the P139 Class 0 objects were not
available and a permanent time-out on link re-establishing stage was
present.
IEC Bug fixing:

● A wrong command originator was reported (in rcb) upon change of control
point.
ASC The ASC functionality has been enhanced, so that it is now possible to have the
voltage measured at T90 used instead of the “normal” line voltage transformers
(T5 / T6 / T7).
V<> Bug fixing:

● After a cold or warm restart the minimum current threshold (V<>: I
ena ble V< PSx) was not functioning. This could result in inadvertent and
chattering operation of undervoltage stages.
A6-88 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A6.2.1.2 P139 ‑315 ‑423/424/425 ‑657

Release: 2016‒12‒14
Hardware
No changes.
Diagram
No changes.
Software
IEC Bug fixing:

● Selection list of (104 064) IEC SigGGIO1 selection falsely contained few
analog values (which must not be selected).
PC Bug fixing:
● File transfer (to use customized bay types or data models) was not
available with previous version -656 together with Easergy Studio.
SFMON Bug fixing:

● Self monitoring of output relays was not operating on all defects. Also the
group signal (041 200) SFMON Relay Kxx faulty was not activated in case
of an output relay failure.
● Alarm signaling of internal auxiliary voltage failures was not proper
maintained until the failure was cleared (alarm signaling could have been
reset while a defect was still present).
MEASO Bug fixing:

● Measurands with negative values were now correctly scaled as [0…20]mA
current output signals.
FT_DA Bug fixing:

● Fault currents were not acquired when recording was triggered by neutral
starting only.
FT_RC Bug fixing:

● Binary signals are now correctly recorded during the whole post-fault
period.
● When relay date was beyond 19.01.2038, no fault records were available.
● Time stamps of some signals that trigger the general trip command were
later than the trip commands time stamp.
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A6-89

MAIN A new group signal has been implemented which indicates that inrush blocking
picked up in at least one phase:
● (019 213) MAIN Inrush blk. trigg.
Additionally 8 user configurable group signals have been implemented:
● (019 192) MAIN Group signal 01 to
(019 199) MAIN Group signal 08
For each of them up to 32 internal signals can be freely combined using Boolean
operators NOT, AND, OR. These state signals are continuously updated, but with
no latching nor settable pick up/ release delay timers.
The configuration lists of general trip commands have been updated to
incorporate the new group signals.
ARC Separate HSR and TDR trip times for GFDSS power and Admittance trip
conditions have been implemented. The already existing settings are now solely
assigned to wattmetric trip condition.
● (015 078) ARC: HSR trip t. pow. PS1
● (021 059) ARC: HSR trip t. adm. PS1
● (015 078) ARC: TDR trip t. pow. PS1
● (021 069) ARC: TDR trip t. adm. PS1
GFDSS Function enhancement to allow ground fault detection by power and Admittance
methods, both operating independently in parallel.
For that purpose Admittance method has been accomplished with its dedicated
settings, where previously settings had been shared with power method. These
are:
● (020 176) GFDSS: Oper. mode admit PS1
● (016 111) GFDSS: G(N)> / B(N)> LS PS1
● (020 184) GFDSS: Op. delay LS adm PS1
● (020 188) GFDSS: Rel delay LS adm PS1
● (020 192) GFDSS: Op. delay BS adm PS1
● (020 200) GFDSS: Rel delay BS adm PS1
Both methods have been accomplished by a settable hold timer which prevents
inadvertent reset of starting for short gaps in ground fault current (intermittent
ground faults):
● (020 172) GFDSS: Hold time pow. PS1
● (020 222) GFDSS: Hold time adm. PS1
For versatility in application, both methods have been accomplished by
dedicated blocking input signals:
● (020 227) GFDSS: GF (pow.) block. EXT
● (020 226) GFDSS: Admittance block EXT
A6-90 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

P<> The new setting (021 074) P<> Start w. Direct. PS1 determines the starting
condition for all power stages:
● With setting "Yes" starting takes place only, if the power start threshold
operates AND the measured direction is equal to the set direction of the
stage.
● With setting "No" starting takes place, if the power start threshold
operates.
CBF Function of external triggering has been made more robust: If only single-pole
trigger (038 205 CBF Start 3p EXT) is configured, then this input must be active
as long as the CBF timer is running. Otherwise CBF resets as soon as the trigger
input signal resets.
A6.2.1.3 P139 ‑315 ‑423/424/425 ‑657-701

Release: 2017‒02‒27
Hardware
No changes.
Diagram
No changes.
Software
COMM1 Bug fixing in protocol IEC 60870-5-101:

● Date and time information in 7 Byte frame is now correct (bug affected
versions from -650).
FT_DA Bug fixing:

COMM1 ● Previous versions (since -650) did falsely reset up to 16 state signals upon
executing the FT_DA task.
This leads to false signaling only (e.g. wrong spontaneous signaling
through COMM1, false entry into operating data memory, …), and
eventually to an abort of the extraction of the first fault record after a
warm restart to a S30 station control using IEC 60870-5-103 protocol. It
did in no further way affect the protection or communication functionality.
DTOC Bug fixing:

● Mode (016 105) DTOC: Start w. Direct. PSx didn't work for the stages
which were assigned to (017 093) MAIN: Funct.Rush restr.PSx.
Pf< Bug fixing:

● (016 056) Pf<: Blocked by V< didn't work when the default setting was
changed.
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A6-91

A6.2.1.4 P139 ‑315 ‑423/424/425 ‑658

Release: 2018‒03‒06
Hardware
No changes.
Diagram
No changes.
Software
IEC IEC 61850 RFLO has been enhanced with following elements:
● (024 207) FT_DA : Fau lt cu rre nt A p.u .
● (024 208) F T_D A : F au lt curre nt B p.u .
● (024 209) F T_D A: F aul t cu rren t C p.u.
● (024 218) F T_D A: C ur re nt IN m eas prim
● (024 217) FT_D A: Curre nt I N meas p. u.
● (024 225) FT_D A: Fault cu rren t A pri m
● (024 226) FT_D A: F aul t curre nt B pri m
● (024 227) FT_D A: Fau lt curr e nt C pr im
GOOSE Bug fixing:

● GOOSE output GGIO2 are available now.
COMM1 Bug fixing in protocol IEC 60870-5-101:

● Date and time information in 7 Byte frame is now correct (bug affected
versions from -650).
Enhancement protocol IEC 60870-5-103:
● All LOGIC and LOG_2 output signals are now transmitted upon general
interrogation.
FT_DA Bug fixing:

COMM1 ● Communication issues when S30 client is used: Previous versions (since
-650) did falsely reset up to 16 state signals upon executing the FT_DA
task.
This leads to false signaling only (e.g. wrong spontaneous signaling
through COMM1, false entry into operating data memory, …), and
eventually to an abort of the extraction of the first fault record after a
warm restart to a S30 station control using IIEC 60870-5-103 protocol. It
did in no further way affect the protection or communication functionality.
IDMT Bug fixing:

● IDMT1 residual current stage didn't consider (007 226) ID MT1: Mode
t ime r star t PS1 = With direction.
A6-92 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

ASC Bug fixing:

● Wrong angle measurement (sign was wrong) had lead to wrong switch on
time.
GFDSS There is a new setting parameter, (024 221) GF DSS: Block ing with GS, to
configure whether the general starting can block GFDSS function or not.
LOGIC Bug fixing:

● Reset of (047 127) L OGIC : Out pu t12 8 (t) now correctly also resets the
assigned logical signal.
A6.2.1.5 P139 ‑315 ‑423/424/425 ‑658-701

Release: 2019‒03‒29
Hardware
No changes.
Diagram
No changes.
Software
IEC Bug fixing:

● IEC 61850 communication has been improved to operate well under high
network stress.
● Signal SIG_1: S048 was missing in the ICD template.
● If a protection trip was executed manually1), the report with device status
change to intermediate position was with wrong originator (originator was
from previous device operation).
1) Setting constraints:
(021 001) MAIN: Fct.as s ig.tri p cmd.1 = (034 017) MA IN : Manual
tri p signal OR …
(210 021) DE V01 : With ge n. tr ip cmd.1 = Yes (DEV01 = circuit
breaker)
Then executing (003 040) MA IN: Man. trip cmd. USER via HMI or PC
interface
GOOSE Bug fixing:

● GOOSE Input faulty didn't work for (111 132) GOOSE: Input 33
fau lt y ... (111 226) GOOSE : I npu t 128 f aulty.
COMM2 Bug fixing:

● A risk of loss of communication via RS485 when accessing to settings or
disturbance recording has been fixed.
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A6-93

MAIN Bug fixing:

● (036 045) MAI N: Tri p cmd. block. EXT can now be set up via
configuration to (021 021) MA IN: Fct.as s ign. block . 1 and triggering
this group blocking.
● Current flow monitoring hysteresis was too small, potentially causing
signal chattering when current was about 0.05 Inom.
● A minimum pulse duration of 100 ms was implemented for the signals
indicating the source of close and open control command to secure their
visibility.
(221 101) MAIN : Cmd. fr. comm. in terf
(221 103) MAI N: Cmd. fr. e l e ctr.ct rl
(221 102) MAI N: Comman d from HMI
DTOC Bug fixing:

● No phase OC stage started in case of a single-phase fault in phase C and
threshold setting above 27 Inom.
V<> Update of V<> readiness condition: V<> remains ready as long as not all
available protection stages are blocked because of related measurement circuit
failures.
Bug fixing:
● (004 061) MA IN : m.c. b. trip V EXT didn't trigger the (042 004) V<>:
not ready.
f<> Bug fixing:

● First stage f1 operated always 100 ms time delayed.
IDMT Bug fixing:

● The reset value for operating current didn't consider KI factor.
CBF Bug fixing:

● In case of (021 013) MA IN : Tri p cmd. bl ock ed, CBF trip commands still
were operational.
● Correction of specific test case:
If CBF was disabled while its trip signal was active and current was still
flowing, and enabled again when current flow had stopped, then CBF trip
was raised again.
CMD Bug fixing:

● In case of negative acknowledgement a wrong INF number was sent (it
was default 242dec).
● Control lock-out if HMI's close command raised upon reclaim time
elapsing.
A6-94 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A6.2.2 P139 ‑316 ‑4xx ‑660 ff
A6.2.2.1 P139 ‑316 ‑426/427/428 ‑660 -711

Release: 2017‒07‒21
Versions -660 -700 … -710 were not released.
Bugs fixed in version -657-701 remain in versions -660-7xx.
Hardware
The P139 is now fitted with the new rejuvenated processor board hardware and
related new real-time operating system and enhanced platform firmware for the
modular MiCOM P30 devices.
The following summarizes the key features provided on basis of this new product
platform solution:
● Sustainability of MiCOM P30 Platform
o Single-Chip-Processor platform with high processing bandwidth
o State of the Art real-time operating system (QNX)
o Integrated support of all modern communication interfaces
● Improved Product Performance
o Faster and more deterministic operating times of main protection
functions like distance, especially with complex fault scenarios
o More uniform processing times of supplementary P&C functions
o Higher accuracy of time stamping of binary signals (external and
internal)
Continuity of Proven Platform Features
o Identical device hardware: case variants/modules/connectors
o Maintaining proven protection/control/communication algorithms
● Solid basis for future developments
o Ready to IEC 61850 Ed2, PRP/HSR, Cyber Security, Web server
The following summarizes the basic platform basis:
● Platform Hardware System
o 32 Bit-Processor with 333 MHz
o QNX as real-time operating system, independent from CPU HW
o Modern memory management system
o Faster code execution as running completely from RAM
o Backward compatible internal interfaces (bus, comms, serial HMI)
o Extended I/O flexibility with > 70 binary inputs and > 40 binary output
contacts
● Platform Software System
o Modern platform software with flexible file transfer concept (e.g. up-/
download without device reboot)
o Adaptation of proven application firmware for protection/control
o SW converted to common code solution, widely independent from
hardware
o Re-use of existing (automatic) type tests
o Minimal risk of unfavorable change in performance/behavior
o Contemporary file management concept for improved engineering
o Extension to 128 LOGIC equations and GOOSE inputs
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A6-95

The P139 is now fitted with Ethernet module (SEB LC/RJ45 or REB LC/RJ45). These
modules are used for IEC 61850 Edition 1 and Edition 2 and are fitted to slot 2, as
an alternative to other communication modules.
Note: Previous Ethernet modules can’t be used with firmware versions -660 or
later.
HSR/PRP communication protocols are supported.
Note: SEB = Single Ethernet Board
REB = Redundant Ethernet Board
HSR = High availability Seamless Redundancy protocol
PRP = Parallel Redundancy Protocol
Diagram
The updated terminal connection diagrams include communication interfaces for
single (SEB) and redundant (REB) network configuration:
● P139 -426 (for 40 TE case, pin-terminal connection)
● P139 -427 (for 40 TE case, hybrid terminal connection)
● P139 -428 (for 84 TE case, ring-terminal connection)
Note: hybrid terminal connection:
transformer module: with ring-terminal connection;
other modules: with pin-terminal connection.
Software
CS Implementation of a dedicated function group that provides Cyber Security

protection to mitigate the security risks.
The Security Administration Tool (SAT) is required for Role Based Access Control
(RBAC) configuration and setting changes.
IEC The protocol of the redundant connection is configurable with I EC : ETH COMM
Mode .
When Ethernet module (REB or SEB) is used, second Ethernet information is
provided.
TRMON Implementation of a dedicated Transformer Monitoring function group that

provides inputs for external transformer protection equipment (3 sets of
Buchholz alarm and trip, insulation alarm).
V<> New settings permit the selection for each neutral displacement overvoltage
stage whether the fundamental or the r.m.s. value of the voltage shall be
measured for starting:
● (018 219) V <>: Meas . Value V NG> P S1
● (018 253) V <>: Meas . Val ue V NG>>PS1
A6-96 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

Note: Most new features of version -657 are not available with -660, but will get
available again with version -661.
Affected are:
● MAIN: User settable group signals
● GFDSS: Operation of wattmetric and admittance method in parallel.
● CBF: Enhancement of CBF external triggering
A6.2.2.2 P139 ‑316 ‑426/427/428 ‑660 ‑712

Release: 2017‒08‒03
Hardware
No changes.
Diagram
No changes.
Software
IEC Bug fixing:

● Time stamping issue has been resolved. Previously, the time stamp of a
new event was set to the time, when the event before took place.
Only versions -660-700 to -711 were affected.
A6.2.2.3 P139 ‑316 ‑426/427/428 ‑660 ‑713

Release: 2017‒09‒25
Hardware
No changes.
Diagram
No changes.
Software
DEVICE Release of new flash image of the Ethernet board.
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A6-97

A6.2.2.4 P139 ‑316 ‑426/427/428 ‑661 ‑702

Release: 2018‒01‒12
Versions -661 -700 … -701 were not released.
All changes being implemented with versions -657 and -658 are again available
with this version.
Hardware
New ETH board variant additionally includes RSTP communication protocol.
Diagram
No changes.
Software
IEC The RSTP protocol is supported and configurable with (104 080) IE C: E TH
COMM Mode.
IEC 60870-5-104 protocol has been added. It can be enabled and selected via
(104 078) IEC : IEC 60 870-5-10 4e nable and (104 084) I EC: IE C pr ot .
varian.
To reduce network administration, VLAN and port assignment are supported.
The second communication port is now also supported in Edition 1 mode.
VINP VINP functional group includes 64 virtual inputs and is intended to process
binary information from the Ethernet module running with protocol IEC
60870-5-104.
This function group is only visible if (104 078) IEC: IE C60 870-5-1 04enable is
set to Yes.
MAIN Two further trip commands have been implemented with the same setting
options and functionality as trip command 2. These can be e.g. used for
transformer back-up protection schemes.
8 user configurable group signals have been implemented:
● (019 192) MAIN : Group si gnal 01
to
● ( 019 199) MAI N: Group s ignal 08.
For each of them up to 32 internal signals can be freely combined using Boolean
operators NOT, AND, OR. These state signals are continuously updated, but with
no latching nor settable pick up/ release delay timers.
ARC Separate HSR and TDR trip times for GFDSS wattmetric and admittance trip
conditions have been implemented. The already existing settings are now solely
assigned to wattmetric trip condition.
● (015 078) AR C: H SR tri p t. pow. P S1
● (015 079) AR C: TDR tri p t . pow. P S1
● (021 059) A RC : HSR trip t . adm. P S1
● (021 069) ARC : TDR tri p t. adm. PS1
A6-98 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

GFDSS Function enhancement to allow ground fault detection by wattmetric and

admittance methods, both operating independently in parallel. (same
enhancement as already implemented in -657, but missing in -660).
A6.2.2.5 P139 ‑316 ‑426/427/428 ‑661 ‑703

Release: 2018‒03‒15
This version is released for specific project(s) only.
Hardware
No changes.
Diagram
No changes.
Software
IEC Bug fixing:

● Log file management is improved. Previously, flash memory content could
have been corrupted, so that the Ethernet board did not boot after turning
on the device power supply. In that case the status signal (105 180) IEC:
Comm. link faulty did not reset.
A6.2.2.6 P139 ‑316 ‑426/427/428 ‑661 ‑704

Release: 2018‒04‒25
This version is released for specific project(s) only.
Hardware
No changes.
Diagram
No changes.
Software
IEC Improved communication synchronization between Ethernet board and main

processor board.
Improved start-up performance with reduced start-up duration.
Bug fixing:
● After a device is selected locally (SBO mode), a remote operate via IEC
was still accepted and executed.
A6.2.2.7 P139 ‑316 ‑426/427/428 ‑661 ‑705

Release: 2018‒07‒27
Hardware
No changes.
Diagram
No changes.
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A6-99

Software
CS Bug fixing:
● The display of the recovery password is now limited to 120 h. Previously it
was permanently displayed, but only valid for 120 h.
● COMM1(2) login with unknown user returned message (80 96)hex
“temporarily locked” instead of (80 93)hex "CS Login failed"
IEC Bug fixing:

● If a protection trip was executed manually1), the report with device status
change to intermediate position was with wrong originator (originator was
from previous device operation).
1) Setting constraints:
(021 001) MA IN : F ct.as si g.tri p cmd.1 = (034 017) MA IN: Manual
tr ip si gnal OR …
(210 021) DE V01: Wit h gen . trip cmd. 1 = Yes (DEV01 = circuit
breaker)
Then executing (003 040) MAI N: Man. trip cmd. U SER via HMI or PC
interface
● The sequence of messages when switching the device online/offline is
harmonized across the platform.
COMM1 Bug fixing:

● Bay type could not be configured if communication protocol per IEC
60870-5-103 on COMM1 was active.
A6.2.2.8 P139 ‑316 ‑426/427/428 ‑661 ‑706

Release: 2019‒03‒05
Hardware
No changes.
Diagram
No changes.
Software
DVICE Mounting of transformer module with pin terminal connectors is now also
accepted on 84TE case variant.
A6-100 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

IEC The updating of cyclic measurements is now managed independently from other
communication traffic between main and Ethernet module.
Edition 1 handling of buffered reports when no EntryID is given is aligned with
the implementation in edition 2: if no EntryID is written, then all buffered reports
are sent.
The memory buffer for buffered reports is increased: for both edition 1 and 2 at
least the last 100 buffered reports are stored.
Bug fixing:
● New single Ethernet board (SEB released with -660) is now operational in
IEC 61850 edition 1 mode.
● SNTP now considers the subnet mask properly (previously if the third octet
value was not set to 0, then 255 was used instead of the set value).
GOOSE Input xx faulty didn’t operate for input signals 33…128.
MAIN Bug fixing:

● (036 045) MA IN: Trip cmd. block. EXT couldn't be set up via
configuration to (021 021) MA IN: Fct.as s ign. block. 1.
● Current flow monitoring hysteresis was too small, potentially causing
signal chattering when current was about 0.05 Inom.
SFMON Bug fixing:

● An invalid firmware of the RTD, TGFD or analog board fitted on slot 3 did
not trigger the alarm (097 002) SF MON: De fect.module slot 3.
DTOC Bug fixing:

● No phase OC stage started in case of a single-phase fault in phase C and
threshold setting above 27 Inom.
IDMT Bug fixing:

● The reset value for operating current didn't consider KI factor.
V<> Update of V<> readiness condition: V<> remains ready as long as not all
available protection stages are blocked because of related measurement circuit
failures.
Bug fixing:
● (004 061) MA IN : m. c.b. t ri p V EXT didn't trigger the signal (042 004)
V <>: Not ready.
f<> Frequency protection gets blocked as long as (040 000) MAIN: General
st ar t ing is present.
Bug fixing:
● In operating mode "f with df/dt" the first stage f1 operated always 100 ms
time delayed.
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A6-101

CBF Bug fixing:

● In case of (021 013) MAI N: Trip cmd. blocked, CBF trip commands are
now blocked, too. Previously, CBF trip still was operational.
A6.2.2.9 P139 ‑316 ‑426/427/428 ‑662

Release: 2019‒06‒27
Hardware
No changes.
Diagram
Optionally, the binary module of type X(6I/6O) can also be fitted in slot 8 (40 TE
case) or slot 16 (84 TE case) and X(24I) can be fitted in slot 7 (40 TE case).
Software
CS The 'Viewer' rights now also grant execution of resetting LED indicators and
measured event data through pressing C (Clear) key or executing (021 010)
MAIN : R eset in dicat. U SER.
LOC Selection lists of signals and counters for configuration on operation and fault
panels have been updated.
PC It is now possible to download the T104 engineering file (as packed zip file) via
the front PC port of Easergy MiCOM devices.
COMM1 Protocol IEC 60870-5-103:

All LOGIC output signals are now included in the general interrogation (GI)
response.
COMM2 Bug fixing:

● A potential cause for communication lock out on RS485 port has been
fixed.
A6-102 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

IEC Firmware version of Ethernet communication now is displayed as ID parameter

(025 185) D EVIC E: SW ve rs . Ethe r ne t.
All MAC addresses of the redundant ethernet board are made visible, depending
on the fitted module:
● (104 061) IE C: MA C addre ss 1
● (104 217) I EC: MAC addre ss 2
● (104 218) I EC : MA C addre ss 3
Supervision of Ethernet ports got implemented.
LN RFLO modelling has been enhanced.
SIG GGIO2 from P13x-658 is made available again to support backwards
compatible engineering of e.g. substation interlocking.
Bug fixing:
● A false command origin 'station control' was shown upon protection trip
event.
GOOSE 32 configurable output signals have been added.
CTRL Bug fixing:

● No longer switching commands via IEC-103 protocol get accepted in local
mode (bug since version -657).
● A control lock-out could happen, if an HMI close command was raised upon
elapsing of ARC reclaim time.
MAIN It can now be selected, whether COMM1 or IEC communication interface is used
for switchgear control (104 242) MA IN: Fct.ass ignm. control.
Operating mode setting for 2-CT operation (011 226) MAIN: DTOC/IDM T
2phase has been enhanced to allow further applications by adding evaluation
of IB as measured or calculated current.
FT_DA Scope of measured fault data has been significantly increased.
FT_RC The buffer total size has been doubled to 1638 periods for all faults including
pre-fault time for next recording. The maximum duration (length) of a
disturbance recording is increased from 750 to 1500 periods, accordingly.
DTOC Two more phase and neutral OC stages have been added, including directional
operation and triggering of auto-reclosing.
Functionality of 4th neutral OC stage has been harmonized with other stages by
adding a setting to select evaluated signal: (025 254) DTOC: Eval. IN>>>>
PS1.
Also threshold setting range has been aligned up to 40 I(N)nom. Yet, if
evaluation of IN is set to measured, a warning will be issued if the actual setting
is higher than the CT T4 input dynamic range (which is 16 IN,nom).
Visibility control settings have been implemented to shrink the number of visible
stages to application needs, e.g. (026 045) D TOC: Stage Ix> = With /
Without, where default is in line with visibility in previous versions.
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A6-103

IDMT3 A 3rd instance of IDMT protection function has been implemented.

Notice: Optional selection for inrush blocking will be implemented with next
main version.
GFDSS The function is upgraded to latest implementation in version -658.
TGFD A manual reset function has been added:

● (025 168) TGFD: Re se t mon . s ig. EXT
● (025 170) TGFD: Re se t mon . s ig. USER
This function is required to reset the TGFD measuring circuit monitoring alarm
(093 094) S FMON : TGFD mon . tr iggere d = yes), if it is not entered in the
monitoring recording buffer (optional configuration at (021 030) SFMON: Fct.
assign. War ni ng).
Blocking of TGFD in case of voltage measurement circuit failure now selectively
depends on connection setting (if measured is set, Meas. circuit VNG faulty is
relevant; if calculated is set, Meas. circuit V faulty is relevant).
V<> A 3rd stage VNG>>> has been added.
f<> Frequency measurement remains blocked for 100 ms upon reset of (004 061)
Pf< MAIN : M.c.b. V t rip EXT.
QV Bug fixing:
● Minimum setting for sector angle is changed to 0°.
CBF Disabling CBF when the function is triggered now resets (038 211) CB F:
Start up 3 p in the same way as CB position change does.
A6.2.2.10 P139 ‑316 ‑426/427/428 ‑662 -701

Release: 2019‒10‒23
Hardware
No changes.
Diagram
No changes.
Software
CS Bug fixing:
"Execute/don't execute" are now ignored for login, logout and change password
via PC interface.
GOOSE Bug fixing:

The IEC 61850 ED1 modelling for GosGGIO2 is now supported correctly.
A6-104 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

ARC It is able to switch to a different ARC dead time setting by switching PSS
parameter subset during ARC Cycle running.
TGFD Bug fixing:

(004 140) TGFD: Re se t s ign al EXT can now be reset via assigned CLEAR
key.
f<> Bug fixing:

It could happen that trip command was triggered by frequency protection after
warm restart if timer setting is set to less than 100 ms.
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A6-105

A6.2.2.11 P139 ‑318 ‑432/433/434 ‑670

Release: 2019‒06‒13
Hardware
Enhanced local control panel with colored graphic display (320x240 pixels) for up
to 40 lines is now available for P139. The enhanced local control panel provides
additional keys, such as control keys, 4 context sensitive softkeys and home key.
On the colored graphic display single line diagrams can be configured with two
symbol resolutions with 20x20 large symbols or alternatively 40x40 small
symbols. All objects added to the single line diagrams can be configured to
change the color when two assigned binary signals are changing the status.
A USB-Type B interface is provided to enable device configuration, servicing and
firmware downloading using the existing tools.
Diagram
The updated connection diagrams now include the new enhanced local control
panel.
● P139 -433 (for 40 TE case, with CT/VT ring-, I/O pin-terminal connection)
Software
F_KEY The enhanced local control panel is fitted with 6 freely configurable function
keys. The function group F_KEY “Configurable Function Keys” has been added.
LED The operating mode, function assignment and state of newly added configurable
LED indicators (H 18 – H 23) are provided.
DTOC The visibility of DTOC stages can be decided by following settings,

● (026 045) DTOC: Stage Ix>
● (026 046) D TO C: Stage Ix>>
● (026 047) DTOC: Stage Ix>>>
● (026 048) DTOC : Stage Ix>>>>
● (026 049) D TOC: Stage Ix>>>>>
● (026 050) DTOC : Stage Ix>>>>>>
Fifth and sixth stages have now been introduced for phase current stages and
residual current stages. Fourth residual current stage has been enhanced.
A6-106 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A6.2.2.11.1 P139 ‑319 ‑435/436/437 ‑671

Release: 2020‒03‒26
Hardware
Parallel communication modules (serial communication module combined with
Ethernet module) are supported.
Diagram
The updated terminal connection diagrams include the parallel communication
modules (serial communication module combined with Ethernet module) and the
third control board for the control of up to 9 switchgear units.
● P139 -436 (for 40 TE case, with CT/VT ring-, I/O pin-terminal connection)
Software
CS 1xx number to indicate CS patch level is send by the ehternet board and can be
read in the data model.
Bug fixing:
"Execute/don't execute" are now ignored for login, logout and change password
via PC interface.
COMM1 Bug fixing for IEC 60870-5-103:

Configuration using LOGIC: Se t 1 .. 8 USE R wasn't correctly extracted in
dump mode.
It was not possible to extract DR with more than 24.45 s.
IEC The RSTP configuration settings can now be set via Easergy Studio.
TLS protocol for IEC 61850 Ed.1 tunnelling is available.
The Ethernet communication mode "Dual-IP" can now be selected via (104 080)
IE C: ETH C OMM Mode.
Bug fixing:
(104 064) IE C: SigGGIO1 se l ecti on was updated on each reboot.
ARC disabled by binary signal could not be actived by IEC 61850.
FT_DA mapping to RFLO1 node wasn’t properly implemented.
GOOSE GOOSE : Input xx status is part of the data model DA selection table and can
be used directly in any LOGIC equation.
Bug fixing:
The IEC 61850 Ed.1 modelling for GosGGIO2 is now supported correctly.
OP_RC New setting (100 004) OP_RC: Op.mode re cording is added and all signals
can be selected.
Storage capacity of operating data recording has been enlarged from 1000 to
3000.
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A6-107

FT_DA Bug fixing:

All FT_DA elements didn't match to IEC 61850 properly.
IDMT1 Bug fixing:

IDMT1 function tripped instantaneously when IEC Long Time Inverse
characteristic and factor kt >= 8.2.
IDMT3 A third instance of IDMT protection function has been implemented.

Notice: Optional selection for inrush blocking will be implemented with next
main version.
PULSE The pulse detection function is now available.
V<> Extended parameter maximum value for all timer stages of V<> function to
600 s.
f<> Bug fixing:

It could happen that trip command was triggered by frequency protection after
warm restart if timer setting is set to less than 100 ms.
MCMON The enabling criterion of difference between maximum and minimum phase
current is now settable via (027 137) MC MON: I> enable Idiff>.
DEVxx The third control board is now available. Number of function groups DEVxx is
enhanced from 10 to 15.
A6-108 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

A6.2.2.12 P139 ‑319 ‑435/436/437 ‑671 -701

Release: 2020‒11‒04
Hardware
P139 supports new colored HMI also with the legacy HMI.
Diagram
No changes.
Software
Ctrl Bug fixing:

Close state for the three-state disconnectors was not shown correctly on the HMI
if used in a single line diagram of a bay template.
HMI Bug fixing:

Pop up menu was shown after cyber security logout automatically.
P30 with legacy HMI didn’t handle blinking text line on the signal panel.
Motor protection counters (004 012) MP : St-u ps still permit or (004 011)
M P: No. of st art-u ps were not shown correctly on HMI. Instead of numeric
value some text was presented.
Wrong display of measured value at customer Bay Panel.
Device names on HMI were partially displayed.
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A6-109

A6.2.2.13 P139 ‑319 ‑435/436/437 ‑672

Release: 2020‒11‒06
Hardware
No changes.
Diagram
No changes.
Software
IEC 61850 Ed. 2 New control mode (ctlModel) "Select Before Operate with normal security" is
included in Ed. 2.
The pulse configuration for each XSWI and XCBR has been added.
The pulse duration of short and long commands has been extended from 1...254
s to 0.1...254.0 s, steps 0.1 s.
● (221 231) MA IN : Cmd. dur. s hort cmd.
(221 230) MAI N: Cmd. dur.l ong cmd.
MAIN Group signals are added into trip command logic and ARC start logic settings.
● (019 192) MAIN : Group si gn al 01 to
(019 199) MAIN : Group si gn al 08
● (021 001) MA IN : Fct.as si g.t ri p cmd.1
(021 002) MA IN : Fct.as si g.t ri p cmd.2
(021 046) MA IN: Fct.as si g.t ri p cmd.3
(021 047) MA IN: Fc t.ass ig.t rip cmd.4
(015 203) AR C: Fct.as si g.s tart ARC
Enhancements of the ( 017 09 3) MAIN: F un ct.Rus h re st r. PS1 blocking
setting. In addition to the starting signals, the trip signals can be selected.
A6-110 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

DTOC New overcurrent residual stages IN>7, IN>8 and IN>9 have been integrated.
● New setting parameters associated to the new stages:
(028 028) DTOC : Stage Ix>7 With/Without
(028 055) DTOC : E val. I N>7 PS1 Calculated/Measured/Calc with I0
elim.
elim.
elim.
(028 067) DTOC : I N>7 P S1 0.002...40.000 Inom
(028 079) DTOC : IN>7 dynamic P S1 0.002...40.000 Inom
(028 071) D TO C : I N>8 PS1 0.002...40.000 Inom
(028 083) D TO C : I N>8 dyn amic P S1 0.002...40.000 Inom
(028 076) D TOC : IN>9 P S1 0.002...40.000 Inom
(028 089) D TOC : IN>9 dyn amic P S1 0.002...40.000 Inom
(028 094) D TOC : t IN>7 P S1 0.00...100.00 s
(028 128) D TOC : t IN>8 P S1 0.00...100.00 s
(028 132) D TOC : t IN>9 P S1 0.00...100.00 s
(028 031) D TOC : Dire ct ion tIN>7 P S1 Forward/Backward/Non-
directional
(028 035) D TOC : Di re ct ion tIN>8 PS1 Forward/Backward/Non-
directional
(028 039) D TOC : Di re ct ion tIN>9 PS1 Forward/Backward/Non-
directional
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A6-111

● New blocking, starting, time elaspsed and trip signals associated to the
new stages:
(028 107) D TOC : Blocki ng tIN>7 EXT
(028 098) D TOC : Starti ng IN >7
(028 099) D TOC : Startin g IN >8
(028 100) D TOC : Startin g IN >9
(028 101) D TOC : t IN>7 e laps ed
(028 102) DTOC : t IN>8 e l apse d
(028 103) DTOC : t IN>9 e laps ed
(028 104) DTOC : Trip s ign al tIN>7
● New signals associated to each DTOC phase stages allow the user to know
if the state of each stage is active.
(028 186) DTOC: I>1 acti ve
● New signals associated to each DTOC negative-sequence stages allow the
user to know if the state of each stage is active.
(028 201) DTOC: In eg>1 acti ve
(028 202) DTOC: Ine g>2 active
(028 203) DTOC: I ne g>3 acti ve
(028 204) DTOC: I ne g>4 acti ve
● New signals associated to each DTOC residual stages allow the user to
know if the state of each stage is active.
(028 192) D TO C: IN>1 acti ve
A6-112 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

● Direction determination settings of phase and residual stages are

transferred from SCDD to DTOC function group.
(017 071) DTOC : Di re ct ion tI>1 PS1
(017 073) DTOC : Di re ct ion tIN>1 PS1
Enhanced intermittent earth fault detection has been integrated. It is possible to

suppress starting messages when the counter setting (028 180) DTOC :
No.sig. t IN >,in t PS1 is reached.
● Counter and signlas associated to the enhanced intermittent earth fault
detection:
(028 178) DTOC: No.s tart inte rm. I N>
(028 179) DTOC: inte rm I N> dete cted
(028 177) DTOC: Durati on in te rm. IN>
(028 226) D TOC: Ru n.ti me i nte r m. IN>
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A6-113

IDMT4 A fourth instance of IDMT protection function has been implemented.

● New setting parameters to IDMT4:
(056 100) IDMT4: Functi on gr oup IDMT4 With/Without
(027 182) ID MT4: Gen eral e nable USER Yes/No
(027 175) ID MT4: En abl e P S1 No/Yes
(027 157) ID MT4: Me as.val ue I/IN P S1 Fundamental/r.m.s. value
(027 156) I D MT4: I0 Eli min . I> PS1 without/with I0 calculated/with I0
measured
(027 176) I D MT4: Ire f ,P PS1 0.1...4.00 Inom
(027 172) I DMT4: I ref, P dynami c PS1 0.1...4.00 Inom
(027 159) I DMT4: Ch ar acte rist ic P PS1 Definite Time/
IEC Standard Inverse/IEC Very Inverse/IEC Extremely Inverse/
IEC Long Time Inverse/IEEE Moderately Inverse/ IEEE Very Inverse/
IEEE Extremely Inverse/ANSI Normally Inverse/ANSI Short Time Inverse/
ANSI Long Time Inverse/RI-Type Inverse/RXIDG-Type Inverse
(027 179) I DMT4: Fact or kt ,P P S1 0.05...10.00
(027 169) IDMT4: Min . tri p tim e P PS1 0.01...10.00 s
(027 165) I D MT4: H old ti me P P S1 0.00...600 s
(027 162) I DMT4: Re l eas e P P S1 Without delay/Delayed as per Char.
(027 177) I D MT4: I ref, ne g PS1 0.1...4.00 Inom
(027 173) I D MT4: I ref, ne g dyn amic P S1 Blocked/0.01...10.00 s
(027 160) I D MT4: Ch ar acte r. n eg. PS1 Definite Time/
(027 181) ID MT4: Fact or kt ,n eg P S1 0.05...10.00
(027 170) I D MT4: Min .tri p ti me n eg P S1 0.01...10.00 s
(027 166) I D MT4: H old ti me ne g PS1 0.00...600 s
(027 163) I DMT4: Re l eas e ne g. P S1 Without delay/Delayed as per
Char.
(027 168) IDMT4: Eval uation IN PS1 Measured/Calculated
(027 178) IDMT4: Ire f,N PS1 0.01...4.00 Inom
(027 174) ID MT4: Iref ,N dyn amic PS1 Blocked/0.01...10.00 s
(027 161) ID MT4: Char acte ris tic N P S1 Definite Time/
(027 158) I DMT4: Fact or kt ,N PS1 0.05...10.00
(027 171) IDMT4: Min . tri p tim e N P S1 0.01...10.00 s
(027 167) I D MT4: H old ti me N PS1 0.00...600 s
(027 164) I DMT4: Re l eas e N PS1 Without delay/Delayed as per Char.
A6-114 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

● New blocking, starting, time elaspsed trip and general signals associated
to IDMT4.
(027 195) ID MT4: Block. tIr e f ,N>
(027 194) I D MT4: Block. tIr e f ,ne g
(027 193) IDMT4: Block. tIr ef ,P>
(027 186) ID MT4: Startin g Ire f ,N>
(027 196) ID MT4: Startin g Ire f ,ne g
(027 185) ID MT4: Startin g Ire f ,P >
(027 188) ID MT4: tIre f ,N> e lapse d
(027 198) ID MT4: tIre f ,n eg> e lapse d
(027 187) ID MT4: tIre f ,P > el aps ed
(027 197) ID MT4: Tri p s ig. tIre f,ne g
(027 189) I D MT4: Tri p s ignal tIr ef
(027 190) I D MT4: Tri p s ignal tIr ef ,N
(027 192) I D MT4: E nabl e d
(027 184) I D MT4: H old ti me N run
(027 202) I DMT4: Hold time ne g ru n
(027 183) I DMT4: H ol d ti me P ru n
(027 201) IDMT4: Me mory N cle ar
(027 200) ID MT4: Me mory ne g clear
(027 199) ID MT4: Memory P cle ar
IDMTx New signals associated to each IDMT phase, negative sequence and residual
stages allow the user to know if the state of each stage is active.
● (028 205) I DMT1: I ref, P active
(028 206) I DMT1: Ire f ,N active
(028 207) IDMT1: Iref , ne g act ive
(028 208) IDMT2: Ire f,P acti ve
(028 209) ID MT2: Iref ,N acti ve
(028 210) ID MT2: Ire f, n eg act ive
(028 211) I D MT3: Ire f ,P acti ve
(028 212) I D MT3: I ref, N acti ve
(028 213) I DMT3: Ire f , ne g act ive
(028 214) IDMT4: Ire f,P acti ve
(028 215) IDMT4: I ref, N acti ve
(028 216) IDMT4: Iref , ne g act ive
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A6-115

IDMT2 Direction determination is available for IDMT2 phase and residual stages.
IDMT1 ● (028 221) I D MT2: Start w. D ir ect. P S1 No/Yes
(028 144) IDMT2: Mode ti mer start P S1 With starting/With direction
(028 043) ID MT2: Di rect. tIre f,N>2 PS1 Forward/Backward/Non-
directional
(028 140) I D MT2: Di rect. tIre f,P >2 P S1 Forward/Backward/Non-
directional
The new setting (028 217) IDMT1: Star t w. Direct . PS1 has been added for
IDMT1 direction determination. Direction determination settings of phase and
residual stages are transferred from SCDD to IDMT1 function group.
● (017 067) I D MT1: D irect.tI ref, N>1 PS1
(017 066) ID MT1: Dire ct.tIref ,P>1 PS1
SCDD1 The setting range of (017 077) SCD D1 : V NG> PS1 has been extended from
0.015...0.600 to 0.0040...0.6000 Vnom(/√3).
The residual current enabling criterion of SCDD1 is now settable via (028 136)
S CDD 1 : I N> P S1 0.005...0.100 Inom.
In case of VNG is set to measured, SCDD1 IN/VNG direction measurement is
blocked when (002 183) M AIN: M. c.b. tri p VNG EXT is active.
SCDD2 New SCDD2 has been introduced which can be used to select different setting
values. Only one SCDD must be activated. If both SCDD1 and SCDD2 are
activated, SCDD1 is available and (098 110) SFMON: In valid SCD D x warning
occurs.
FT_RC It is possible to remove general starting and trip signals from the fixed logic by
the new setting (028 148) FT_RC: Tri g. al ways with GS (No/Yes) and add
both to the configurable list (003 085) FT_R C: Fct. as sig. t rigge r.
New selection list (028 239) FT_R C: Re c. bi nar y s ignals is available to have
the possibility to reduce the signals in the disturbance record. The restriction is
maximum of 99 signals could be selected. If no selection is done, all signals are
shown.
Pulse trigger time (028 241) F T_RC: P ul se ti me and pulse trigger seletion list
(028 240) FT _R C: Fct.as g. puls e tr ig. are added.
A6-116 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

GFDSS Two new GFDSS stages IN>2 and IN>3 have been integrated.
● New GFDSS setting parameters:
(028 026) GFDSS: I N>2 PS1 0.003...1.0 IN,nom
(028 110) GFDSS: I N>3 PS1 0.003...1.0 IN,nom
(028 114) GFDSS: t IN >2 P S1 0.00...100.00 s
(028 118) GFDSS: t IN >3 P S1 0.00...100.00 s
● New GFDSS starting, blocking and time elapsed signals:
(028 122) GFDSS: Startin g I N>1
(028 247) GFDSS: B locki ng tIN>1 EXT
(028 125) GFDSS: t IN >1 elaps ed
● The new blocking signals have been added to the selection list of (021
021) M AI N: Fct.assi gn . block. 1 and (021 022) MAIN: Fct.assign.
b lock .2.
Hysteresis of GFDSS IN>1, IN>2, IN>3 has been changed to 5% or 0.001
IN,nom, whichever is bigger.
In case of VNG is set to measured, GFDSS in mode “steady-state power” or
“admittance” is blocked when (002 183) MA IN: M.c.b. trip VNG EXT is
active.
In case of VNG is set to calculated, GFDSS in mode “steady-state power” or
“admittance” is blocked when (038 023) MCMON: Me as. circ. V fault y is
active.
f<> The number of decimal places of df/dt setting has been changed from 1 to 2.
● (018 108) f<>: df 1/dt PS1 0.10...10.00 Hz/s, steps 0.01 Hz/s
The setting range of f<> timer has been extended from 0...10.00 s to 0...60.00
s.
● (018 104) f<>: tf1 PS1
(018 128) f<>: tf2 P S1
(018 152) f<>: tf3 P S1
(018 176) f<>: tf 4 PS1
(019 155) f<>: tf 5 PS1
V<> It is possible to choose independently for the second and third stages if VNG is
calculated or measured via new settings (028 231) V<>: Evaluation VNG>>
PS 1 and (028 235) V <>: Eval uation V NG>>> PS1.
MCMON In addition to the phase-phase comparator, a phase earth logic Is introduced. If

only one of the phase-earth voltage falls below the new threshold (028 246)
M CMON: Vmi n, P G <, the signal (038 038) MCMON: Undervoltage occurs.
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A6-117

CBM The current-time integral of ruptured and accumulated squared current are
available.
● New setting parameters:
(022 146) C BM: Set Σ I **2*t A
(022 147) C BM: Se t Σ I**2*t B
(022 148) C BM: Se t Σ I**2*t C
● New measurements:
(009 064) CBM: I**2*t A
(009 069) CBM: I**2*t B
(009 070) CBM: I**2*t C
(009 094) CBM: ΣI* *2*t A
(009 095) C BM: ΣI **2*t B
(009 096) C BM: ΣI **2*t C
Time measured values for time between close command and current flow are
available. The timer is started with the “or” configured signals in (028 245)
C BM: Fct.assig.CB Timer and is stopped separately in each phase current
flow (010 223) MAIN : C urre nt f l ow A, (010 224) MAI N: Cu rre nt flow B and
(010 225) MAI N: Cu rre nt fl ow C.
The measured time is displayed with:
● (028 242) C BM: tCB cl osi ng A
(028 243) C BM: tCB cl osi ng B
(028 244) C BM: tCB cl osi ng C
Following measurements are available in IEC 61850 Ed. 2.
● (009 047) C BM: Itri p A
(009 048) C BM: Itrip B
(009 049) C BM: Itrip C
(009 077) C BM: ΣItri p**2 A
(009 078) CBM: ΣItri p**2 B
(009 079) C BM: ΣI tri p**2 C
(009 087) CBM: ΣI*t A
(009 088) CBM: ΣI*t B
(009 089) C BM: Σ I*t C
(009 064) C BM: I **2*t A
(009 069) CBM: I **2*t B
(009 070) CBM: I **2*t C
(009 094) CBM: ΣI**2*t A
(009 095) CBM: ΣI**2*t B
(009 096) CBM: ΣI**2*t C
A6-118 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

LOGIC Number of FlipFlops is enhanced from 8 to 16.

(024 236) LOGIC: Set 09 U SER
TIMER Four timers for the length measurement of logic signals are available.
(028 047) TI MER : F ct . ass ignm . T1
● New measurements:
(028 048) TIMER: Time val ue T1
(028 050) TIMER : Ti me val ue T2
(028 052) TIME R: Time valu e T3
(028 054) TI ME R: Time valu e T4
Timer values measurement are available in IEC 103 and IEC 61850 protocols.
P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A6-119

A6-120 P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672

© 2020 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.
Schneider Electric
35 rue Joseph Monier
92506 Rueil-Malmaison
FRANCE
Phone: +33 (0) 1 41 29 70 00
Fax: +33 (0) 1 41 29 71 00
www.schneider-electric.com
Publishing: Schneider Electric
Publication: P139/EN M/R-h8-A Volume 2 12/2020

Areva P139 Vol.2

Uploaded by

Document Informationclick to expand document information

Document Informationclick to expand document information

Copyright:

Available Formats

Areva P139 Vol.2

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Areva P139 Vol.2

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Easergy MiCOM P139

Feeder Management and Bay Control

Version P139 -319 -435/436/437 -672

ARC Auto-reclosing control

ASC Automatic synchronism check

CBF Circuit breaker failure protection

CBM Circuit breaker condition monitoring

CMD_1 Single-pole commands

COMM1 “Logical” communication interface 1

COMM2 “Logical” communication interface 2

COMM3 InterMiCOM interface

COUNT Binary counts

DEV01 External device

DEV02 External device

DEV03 External device

DEV04 External device

DEV05 External device

DEV06 External device

DEV07 External device

DEV08 External device

DEV09 External device

DEV10 External device

DEV11 External device

DEV12 External device

DEV13 External device

DEV14 External device

DEV15 External device

DTOC Definite-time overcurrent protection

F_KEY Configurable function keys

f<> Over-/underfrequency protection

P139/EN M/R-h8-A // P139‑319‑672 A1-1

FT_DA Fault data acquisition

FT_RC Fault recording

GF_DA Ground fault data acquisition

GF_RC Ground fault recording

GFDSS Ground fault direction determination using steady-state values

GOOSE Generic Object Orientated Substation Events

I2> Unbalance protection

IDMT1 Inverse-time overcurrent protection

IDMT2 Inverse-time overcurrent protection

IDMT3 Inverse-time overcurrent protection

IEC IEC 61850 Communication

ILOCK Interlocking logic

INP Binary input

IRIGB IRIG‑B interface

LED LED indicators

LIMIT Limit value monitoring

LOC Local control panel

LOG_2 Programmable Logic

LOGIC Programmable Logic

MAIN Main function

MCMON Measuring-circuit monitoring

MEASI Measured data input

MEASO Measured data output

MT_RC Monitoring signal recording

OL_DA Overload data acquisition

OL_RC Overload recording

OP_RC Operating data recording